summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--37006-h.zipbin0 -> 255892 bytes
-rw-r--r--37006-h/37006-h.htm6246
-rw-r--r--37006-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 189157 bytes
-rw-r--r--37006.txt4095
-rw-r--r--37006.zipbin0 -> 64214 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
8 files changed, 10357 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/37006-h.zip b/37006-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..224113e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37006-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/37006-h/37006-h.htm b/37006-h/37006-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af6a11d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37006-h/37006-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6246 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Fire Cloud, by James
+Sullivan</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+
+ body {margin-left: 12%;
+ margin-right: 12%;}
+
+ p {text-indent: 0em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-top: .85em;
+ margin-bottom: .85em;
+ line-height: 1.25em;}
+
+ .ctr {text-align: center;}
+
+ .firstchapter {margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 1.5em;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 115%;}
+
+ .chapter {margin-top: 4em;
+ margin-bottom: 1.5em;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 115%;}
+
+ .figcenter {margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-bottom: 0em;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ width: auto;}
+
+ h1 {text-align: center;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ line-height: 1.3em;
+ letter-spacing: 4px;}
+
+ h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {text-align: center;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ line-height: 1.3em;}
+
+ hr.med {width: 65%;
+ height: 1px;
+ margin-top: 2.5em;
+ margin-bottom: 2.5em;}
+
+ table {margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;}
+
+ td.digit {text-align: right;
+ padding-right: 3px;}
+
+ .poem {margin-left:12%; margin-right:4%;
+ margin-bottom: 1.5em; margin-top: 1.5em; text-align: left;}
+ .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+ .poem p {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+ .poem p.i2 {margin-left: 1em;}
+ .poem p.i6 {margin-left: 3em;}
+
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Fire Cloud, by Samuel Fletcher
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Fire Cloud
+ The Mysterious Cave. A Story of Indians and Pirates.
+
+Author: Samuel Fletcher
+
+Release Date: August 8, 2011 [EBook #37006]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FIRE CLOUD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Greg Weeks and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="Fire Cloud, By Samuel Fletcher, No. 86 Beadle's
+Frontier Series" width="452" height="600"></div>
+<br><br>
+<p class="ctr">
+(Printed in the United States of America)
+</p>
+<br><br>
+
+<h1>
+FIRE CLOUD;
+</h1>
+
+<h3>
+OR
+</h3>
+
+<h2>
+The Mysterious Cave.
+</h2>
+
+
+<h3>
+A Story of Indians and Pirates.
+</h3>
+
+<br><br>
+<h4>
+<i>Copyright, 1909, by James Sullivan.<br>
+All Rights Reserved.</i>
+</h4>
+
+<h4>
+Published by<br>
+THE ARTHUR WESTBROOK COMPANY<br>
+Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.
+</h4>
+
+<hr class="med">
+
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<big><b>FIRE CLOUD.</b></big>
+</p>
+
+
+
+<br>
+<p class="firstchapter">
+CHAPTER I.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+Whether or not, the story which we are about to relate is absolutely
+true in every particular, we are not prepared to say. All we know
+about it is, that old Ben Miller who told it to our uncle Zeph,
+believed it to be true, as did uncle Zeph himself. And from all we can
+learn, uncle Zeph was a man of good judgment, and one not easily
+imposed upon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And uncle Zeph said that he had known old people in his younger days,
+who stated that they had actually seen the cave where many of the
+scenes which we are about to relate occurred, although of late years,
+no traces of any kind could be discovered in the locality where it is
+supposed to have been situated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His opinion was, that as great rocks were continually rolling down the
+side of the mountain at the foot of which the entrance to the cave
+was, some one or more of these huge boulders had fallen into the
+opening and completely closed it up.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But that such a cave did exist, he was perfectly satisfied, and that
+it would in all probability be again discovered at some future day, by
+persons making excavations in the side of the mountain. And lucky he
+thought would be the man who should make the discovery, for unheard of
+treasures he had no doubt would be found stowed away in the chinks and
+crevices of the rocks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So much by way of introduction; as we have no intention to describe
+the cave until the proper time comes, we shall leave that part of the
+subject for the present, while we introduce the reader to a few of the
+principal personages of our narrative.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At a distance of some fifteen or twenty miles from the City of New
+York, on the Hudson river in the shadow of the rocks known as the
+Palisades, something near two hundred years ago, lay a small vessel at
+anchor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The vessel as we have said was small. Not more than fifty or sixty
+tons burden, and what would be considered a lumbering craft now a days
+with our improved knowledge of ship building, would at that time be
+called a very fast sailor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This vessel was schooner rigged, and every thing about her deck trim
+and in good order.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the forecastle sat two men, evidently sailors, belonging to the
+vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We say sailors, but in saying so we do not mean to imply that they
+resembled your genuine old <i>salt</i>, but something between a sailor
+and a landsman. They could hardly be called land lubbers, for I doubt
+if a couple of old salts could have managed their little craft better
+than they, while they, when occasion required, could work on land as
+well as water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact they belonged to the class known as river boatmen, though they
+had no hesitation to venturing out to sea on an emergency.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The elder of these men, who might have seen some fifty years or more,
+was a short, thick set man with dark complexion, and small grey eyes
+overshadowed by thick, shaggy brows as black as night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His mouth was large when he chose to open it, but his lips were thin
+and generally compressed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He looked at you from under his eyebrows like one looking at you from
+a place of concealment, and as if he was afraid he would be seen by
+you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His name was David Rider, but was better known among his associates
+under the title of Old Ropes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The other was a man of about twenty-five or thirty, and was a taller
+and much better-looking man, but without anything very marked in his
+countenance. His name was Jones Bradley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I tell you what, Joe," said his companion, "I don't like the
+captain's bringin' of this gal; there can't no good come of it, and it
+may bring us into trouble."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Bring us into trouble! everything that's done out of the common
+track, accordin' to you's a goin' to bring us into trouble. I'd like
+to know how bringing a pretty girl among us, is goin' to git us into
+trouble?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"A pretty face is well enough in its way," said Old Ropes, "but a
+pretty face won't save a man from the gallows, especially if that face
+is the face of an enemy."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"By the 'tarnal, Ropes, if I hadn't see you fight like the very devil
+when your blood was up, I should think you was giten' to be a coward.
+How in thunder is that little baby of a girl goin' to git us into
+trouble?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Let me tell you," said Ropes, "that one pretty gal, if she's so
+minded, can do you more harm than half a dozen stout men that you can
+meet and fight face to face, and if you want to know the harm that's
+goin' to come to us in this case I'll show you."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The gal, you know's the only daughter of old Rosenthrall. Why the
+captain stole her away, I don't know. Out of revenge for some slight
+or insult or other, I s'pose. Now the old man, as you're aware, knows
+more about our business than is altogether safe for us. As I said
+before, the gal's his only daughter, and he'll raise Heaven and earth
+but he'll have her again, and when he finds who's got her, do you
+suppose there'll be any safety for us here? No! no! if I was in the
+captain's place, I'd either send her back again, or make her walk the
+plank, as he did, you know who, and so get rid of her at once."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As for walking the plank," said the young man, laying his hand on his
+companion's shoulder, danger or no danger, the man who makes that girl
+walk the plank, shall walk after, though it should be Captain Flint
+himself, or my name is not Jones Bradley."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"You talk like a boy that had fallen dead in love," said the other;
+"but anyhow, I don't like the captain's bringing the young woman among
+us, and so I mean to tell him the first chance I have."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well, now's your time," said Bradley, "for here comes the captain."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As he spoke, a man coming up from the cabin joined them. His figure,
+though slight, was firm and compact. He was of medium height; his
+complexion naturally fair, was somewhat bronzed by the weather, his
+hair was light, his eyes grey, and his face as a whole, one which many
+would at first sight call handsome. Yet it was one that you could not
+look on with pleasure for any length of time. There was something in
+his cold grey eye that sent a chill into your blood, and you could not
+help thinking that there was deceit, and falsehood in his perpetual
+smile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although his age was forty-five, there was scarcely a wrinkle on his
+face, and you would not take him to be over thirty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Such was Captain Flint, the commander and owner of the little schooner
+<i>Sea Gull</i>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Captain," said Rider, when the other had joined the group; "Joe and I
+was talking about that gal just afore you came up, and I was a sayin'
+to him that I was afeard that she would git us into trouble, and I
+would speak to you about it."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well," said Captain Flint, after a moment's pause, "if this thing was
+an affair of mine entirely, I should tell you to mind your own
+business, and there the matter would end, but as it concerns you as
+well as me, I suppose you ought to know why it was done.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The girl's father, as you know, has all along been one of our best
+customers. And we suppose that he was too much interested in our
+success to render it likely that he would expose any of our secrets,
+but since he's been made a magistrate, he has all at once taken it
+into his head to set up for an honest man, and the other day he not
+only told me that it was time I had changed my course and become a
+fair trader, but hinted that he had reason to suspect that we were
+engaged in something worse than mere smuggling, and that if we did not
+walk pretty straight in future, he might be compelled in his capacity
+of magistrate to make an example of us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I don't believe that he has got any evidence against us in regard to
+that last affair of ours, but I believe that he suspects us, and
+should he even make his suspicions public, it would work us a great
+deal of mischief, to say the least of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I said nothing, but thinks I, old boy, I'll see if I can't get the
+upper hand of you. For this purpose I employed some of our Indian
+friends to entrap, and carry off the girl for me. I took care that it
+should be done in such a manner as to make her father believe that she
+was carried off by them for purposes of their own.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Now, he knows my extensive acquaintance with all the tribes along the
+river, and that there is no one who can be of as much service to him
+in his efforts to recover his daughter, as I, so that he will not be
+very likely to interfere with us for some time to come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I have seen him since the affair happened, and condoled with him, of
+course.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"He believes that the Indian who stole his daughter was the chief
+Fire Cloud, in revenge for some insult received a number of years ago.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"This opinion I encouraged, as it answered my purpose exactly, and I
+promised to render all the assistance I could in his efforts to
+recover his child.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"This part of the country, as we all know, is getting too hot for us;
+we can't stand it much longer; if we can only stave off the danger
+until the arrival of that East Indiaman that's expected in shortly
+there'll be a chance for us that don't come more than once or twice in
+a lifetime.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Let us once get the pick out of her cargo, and we shall have enough
+to make the fortunes of all of us, and we can retire to some country
+where we can enjoy our good luck without the danger of being
+interfered with. And then old Rosenthrall can have his daughter again
+and welcome provided he can find her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"So you see that to let this girl escape will be as much as your necks
+are worth."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So saying, Captain Flint left his companions and returned to the
+cabin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Just as I thought," said Old Ropes, when the captain had gone, "if we
+don't look well to it this unlucky affair will be the ruin of us all."
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER II.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+Carl Rosenthrall was a wealthy citizen of New York. That is, rich when
+we consider the time in which he lived, when our mammoth city was
+little more than a good-sized village, and quite a thriving trade was
+carried on with the Indians along the river, and it was in this trade
+chiefly, that Carl Rosenthrall and his father before him, had made
+nearly all the wealth which Carl possessed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But Carl Rosenthrall's business was not confined to trading with the
+Indians alone, he kept what would now be called a country store. A
+store where everything almost could be found, from a plough to a paper
+of needles.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some ten years previous to the time when the events occurred which are
+recorded in the preceding chapter, and when Hellena Rosenthrall was
+about six years old, an Indian chief with whom Rosenthrall had
+frequent dealings, and whose name was Fire Cloud, came in to the
+merchant's house when he was at dinner with his family, and asked for
+something to eat, saying that he was hungry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now Fire Cloud, like the rest of his race, had an unfortunate liking
+for strong drink, and was a little intoxicated, and Rosenthrall not
+liking to be intruded upon at such a time by a drunken savage, ordered
+him out of the house, at the same time calling him a drunken brute,
+and making use of other language not very agreeable to the Indian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The chief did as he was required, but in doing so, he put his hand on
+his tomahawk and at the same time turned on Rosenthrall a look that
+said as well as words could say, "Give me but the opportunity, and
+I'll bury this in your skull."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The chief, on passing out, seated himself for a moment on the stoop in
+front of the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While he was sitting there, little Hellena, with whom he had been a
+favorite, having often seen him at her father's store, came running
+out to him with a large piece of cake in her hand, saying:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Here, No-No, Hellena will give you some cake."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No-No was the name by which the Indian was known to the child, having
+learned it from hearing the Indian make use of the name no, no, so
+often when trading with her father.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Indian took the proffered cake with a smile, and as he did so
+lifted the child up in his arms and gazed at her steadily for a few
+moments, as if he wished to impress every feature upon his memory, and
+then sat her down again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was just in the act of doing this when the child's father came out
+of the dining-room.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Rosenthrall, imagining that the Indian was about to kidnap his
+daughter, or do her some violence, rushed out ordering him to put the
+child down, and be off about his business.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was the recollection of this circumstance, taken in connection with
+the fact that Fire Cloud had been seen in the city on the day on which
+his daughter had disappeared, which led Rosenthrall to fix upon the
+old chief as the person who had carried off Hellena.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This opinion, as we have seen, was encouraged by Captain Flint for
+reasons of his own.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The facts in the case were these.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Rosenthrall, as Captain Flint had said, although for a long time one
+of his best customers, knowing to, and winking at his unlawful doings,
+having been elected a magistrate took it in to his head to be honest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had made money out of his connection with the smuggler and pirate,
+and he probably thought it best to break off the connection before it
+should be too late, and he should be involved in the ruin which he
+foresaw Captain Flint was certain to bring upon himself if he
+continued much longer in the reckless course he was now pursuing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All this was understood by Captain Flint, and it was as he explained
+to his men, in order to get the upper hand of Rosenthrall, and thus
+prevent the danger which threatened him from that quarter, he had
+caused Hellena to be kidnapped, and conveyed to their grand hiding
+place, the cave in the side of the mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Rosenthrall at this time resided in a cottage on the banks of the
+river, a short distance from his place of business, the grounds
+sloping down to the water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These grounds were laid out into a flower garden where there was an
+arbor in which Hellena spent the greater part of her time during the
+warm summer evenings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was while lingering in this arbor rather later than usual that she
+was suddenly pounced upon by the two Indians employed by Captain Flint
+for the purpose, and conveyed to his vessel, which lay at anchor a
+short distance further up the river.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint immediately set sail with his unwilling passenger, and
+in a few hours afterwards she was placed in the cave under the safe
+keeping of the squaw who presided over that establishment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If the reader would like to know what kind of a looking girl Hellena
+Rosenthrall was at this time, I would say that a merrier, more
+animated, if not a handsomer face he never looked upon. She was the
+very picture of health and fine spirits.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her figure was rather slight, but not spare, for her form was compact
+and well rounded, and her movements were as light and elastic as those
+of a deer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her complexion was fair, one in which you might say without any streak
+of fancy, the lily was blended with the rose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her eyes were blue and her hair auburn, bordering on the golden, and
+slightly inclined to wave rather than to curl.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her nose was of moderate size and straight, or nearly so.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some would say that her mouth was rather large, but the lips were so
+beautifully shaped, and then when she smiled she displayed such an
+exquisite set of the purest teeth, setting off to such advantage the
+ruby tinting of the lips, you felt no disposition to find fault with
+it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We have spoken of Hellena's look as being one of animation and high
+spirits, and such was its general character, but for some time past a
+shadow of gloom had come over it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hellena was subject to the same frailties which are common to her sex.
+She had fallen in love!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The object of her affections was a young man some two or three years
+older than herself, and at first nothing occurred to mar their
+happiness, for the parents of both were in favor of the match.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As they were both young, however, it was decided to postpone their
+union for a year.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the meantime, Henry Billings, the intended bridegroom, should make
+a voyage to Europe in order to transact some business for his father,
+who was a merchant trading with Amsterdam.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The vessel in which he sailed never reached her place of destination.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was known that she carried out a large amount of money sent by
+merchants in New York, as remittances to those with whom they had
+dealings in Europe. This, together with certain facts which transpired
+shortly after the departure of the vessel, led some people to suspect
+that she had met with foul play somewhere on the high seas; and that
+not very far from port either.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hellena, who happened to be in her father's store one day when Captain
+Flint was there, saw on his finger a plain gold ring which she was
+sure had belonged to her lover.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This fact she mentioned to her father after the captain had gone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her father at that time ridiculed her suspicions. But he afterwards
+remembered circumstances connected with the departure of the vessel,
+and the movements of Captain Flint about the same time, which taken in
+connection with the discovery made by his daughter, did seem to
+justify the dark suspicions created in the mind of his daughter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But how was he to act under the circumstance? As a magistrate, it was
+his business to investigate the matter. But then there was the danger
+should he attempt to do so, of exposing his own connection with the
+pirate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He must move cautiously.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And he did move cautiously, yet not so cautiously but he aroused the
+suspicions of Captain Flint, who, as we have seen, in order to secure
+himself against the danger which threatened him in that quarter, had
+carried off the daughter of the merchant.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER III.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+When the vessel in which young Billings set sail started she had a
+fair wind, and was soon out in the open sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Just as night began to set in, a small craft was observed approaching
+them, and being a much faster sailor than the larger and heavily
+ladened ship, she was soon along-side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When near enough to be heard, the commander of the smaller vessel
+desired the other to lay too, as he had important dispatches for him
+which had been forgotten.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The commander of the ship not liking to stop his vessel while under
+full sail merely for the purpose of receiving dispatches, offered to
+send for them, and was about lowering a boat for that purpose, when
+the other captain, who was none other than Captain Flint, declared
+that he could only deliver them in person.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain of the ship, though in no very good humor, finally
+consented to lay too, and the two vessels were soon lying along side
+of each other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now although while lying at, or about the wharves of New York, the two
+men already introduced to the reader apparently constituted the whole
+crew of Captain Flint's vessel, such was by no means the fact, for
+there were times when the deck of the little craft would seem fairly
+to swarm with stout, able-bodied fellows. And the present instance,
+Captain Flint had no sooner set foot upon the deck of the ship, than
+six or eight men fully armed appeared on the deck of the schooner
+prepared to follow him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first thing that Captain Flint did on reaching the deck of the
+ship was to strike the captain down with a blow from the butt of a
+large pistol he held in his hand. His men were soon at his side, and
+as the crew of the other vessel were unarmed, although defending
+themselves as well as they could, they were soon overpowered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Several of them were killed on the spot, and those who were not killed
+outright, were only reserved for a more cruel fate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fight being over, the next thing was to secure the treasure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was a task of but little difficulty, for Flint had succeeded in
+getting one of his men shipped as steward on the ill-fated vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One of those who had escaped the massacre was James Bradley. He had,
+by order of Captain Flint, been lashed to the mast at the commencement
+of the fight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had not received a wound. All the others who were not killed were
+more or less badly hurt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These were unceremoniously compelled to walk the plank, and were
+drowned.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When it came to Billings' turn, there seemed to be some hesitation
+among the pirates subjecting him to the same fate as the others.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Jones Bradley, in a particular manner, was for sparing his life on
+condition that he would pledge himself to leave the country, never to
+return, and bind himself to eternal secrecy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But this advice was overruled by Captain Flint himself, who declared
+he would trust no one, and that the young man should walk the plank as
+the others had done.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From this decision there was no appeal, and Henry Billings resigned
+himself to his fate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before going he said he would, as a slight favor, to ask of one of his
+captors.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And then pulling a plain gold ring off his finger, he said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"It is only to convey this to the daughter of Carl Rosenthrall, if he
+can find means of doing so, without exposing himself to danger. I can
+hardly wish her to be made acquainted with my fate."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When he had finished, Captain Flint stepped up saying that he would
+undertake to perform the office, and taking the ring he placed it upon
+his own finger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By this time it was dark. With a firm tread Billings stepped upon the
+plank, and the next moment was floundering in the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next thing for the pirates to do was to scuttle the ship, which
+they did after helping themselves to so much of the most valuable
+portion of the cargo as they thought they could safely carry away with
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In about an hour afterwards the ship sank, bearing down with her the
+bodies of her murdered crew, and burying, as Captain Flint supposed,
+in the depths of the ocean all evidences of the fearful tragedy which
+had been enacted upon her deck.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain now directed his course homeward, and the next day the
+little vessel was lying in port as if nothing unusual had happened,
+Captain Flint pretending that he had returned from one of his usual
+trading voyages along the coast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The intercourse between the new and the old world was not so frequent
+in those days as now. The voyages, too, were much longer than at
+present. So that, although a considerable time passed, bringing no
+tidings of the ill-fated vessel without causing any uneasiness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But when week after week rolled by, and month followed month, and
+still nothing was heard from her, the friends of those on board began
+to be anxious about their fate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At length a vessel which had sailed some days later than the missing
+ship, had reported that nothing had been heard from her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The only hope now was that she might have been obliged by stress of
+weather to put in to some other port.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But after awhile this hope also was abandoned, and all were
+reluctantly compelled to come to the conclusion that she had foundered
+at sea, and that all on board had perished.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After lying a short time in port, Captain Flint set sail up the river
+under pretence of going on a trading expedition among the various
+Indian tribes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But he ascended the river no further than the Highlands, and come to
+anchor along the mountain familiarly known as Butterhill, but which
+people of more romantic turn call Mount Tecomthe, in honor of the
+famous Indian chief of that name.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having secured their vessel close to the shore, the buccaneers now
+landed, all save one, who was left in charge of the schooner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Each carried with him a bundle or package containing a portion of the
+most valuable part of the plunder taken from the ship which they had
+so recently robbed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having ascended the side of the mountain for about two hundred yards,
+they came to what seemed to be a simple fissure in the rocks about
+wide enough to admit two men abreast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This cleft or fissure they entered, and having proceeded ten or
+fifteen feet they came to what appeared to be a deep well or pit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here the party halted, and Captain Flint lighted a torch, and
+producing a light ladder, which was concealed in the bushes close by,
+the whole party descended.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On reaching the bottom of the pit, a low, irregular opening was seen
+in the side, running horizontally into the mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This passage they entered, Indian file, and bending almost double.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As they proceeded the opening widened and grew higher, until it
+expanded into a rude chamber about twelve feet one way by fifteen feet
+the other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here, as far as could be seen, was a bar to all further progress, for
+the walls of the chamber appeared to be shut in on every side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But on reaching the further side of the apartment, they stopped at a
+rough slab of stone, which apparently formed a portion of the floor of
+the cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Upon one of the men pressing on one end of the slab, the other rose
+like a trap door, disclosing an opening in the floor amply sufficient
+to admit one person, and by the light of the torch might be seen a
+rude flight of rocky stairs, descending they could not tell how far.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These were no doubt in part at least artificial.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The slab also had been placed over the hole by the pirates, or by some
+others like them who had occupied the cave before this time, by way of
+security, and to prevent surprise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint descended these steps followed by his men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+About twenty steps brought them to the bottom, when they entered
+another horizontal passage, and which suddenly expanded into a wide
+and lofty chamber.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here the party halted, and the captain shouted at the top of his
+voice:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What ho! there, Lightfoot, you she devil, why don't you light up!"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This rude summons was repeated several times before it received any
+answer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At length an answer came in what was evidently a female voice, and
+from one who was in no very good humor: "Oh, don't you get into a
+passion now. How you s'pose I know you was coming back so soon."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Didn't I tell you I'd be back to-day!" angrily asked Flint.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well, what if you did," replied the voice. "Do you always come when
+you says you will?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well, no matter, let's have no more of your impudence. We're back
+bow, and I want you to light up and make a fire."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The person addressed was now heard retiring and muttering to herself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments the hall was a blaze of light from lamps placed in
+almost every place where a lamp could be made to stand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The scene that burst upon the sight was one of enchantment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The walls and ceiling of the cavern seemed to be covered with a
+frosting of diamonds, multiplying the lamps a thousand fold, and
+adding to them all the colors of the rainbow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some of the crystals which were of the purest quartz hanging from the
+roof, were of an enormous size, giving reflections which made the
+brilliancy perfectly bewildering.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The floor of the cavern was covered, not with Brussels or Wilton
+carpets, but with the skins of the deer and bear, which to the tread
+were as pleasant as the softest velvet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Around the room were a number of frames, rudely constructed to be
+sure, of branches, but none the less convenient on that account, over
+which skins were stretched, forming comfortable couches where the men
+might sleep or doze away their time when not actively employed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Near the center of the room was a large flat stone rising about two
+feet above the floor. The top of this stone had been made perfectly
+level, and over it a rich damask cloth had been spread so as to make
+it answer all the purposes of a table. Boxes covered with skins, and
+packages of merchandise answered the purpose of chairs, when chairs
+were wanted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Where is the king, I should like to know?" said Captain Flint,
+looking with pride around the cavern now fully lighted up; "who can
+show a hall in his palace that will compare with this?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"And where is the king that is half so independent as we are?" said
+one of the men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"And kings we are," said Captain Flint; "didn't they call the
+Buccaneers Sea Kings in the olden time?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"But this talking isn't getting our supper ready. Where has that
+Indian she-devil taken herself off again?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The person here so coarsely alluded to, now made her appearance again,
+bearing a basket containing a number of bottles, decanters and
+drinking glasses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She was not, to be sure, so very beautiful, but by no means so ugly as
+to deserve the epithet applied to her by Captain Flint.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She was an Indian woman, apparently thirty, or thirty-five years of
+age, of good figure and sprightly in her movements, which circumstance
+had probable gained for her among her own people, the name of
+Lightfoot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She had once saved Captain Flint's life when a prisoner among the
+Indians, and fearing to return to her people, she had fled with him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was while flying in company with this Indian woman, that Captain
+Flint had accidently discovered this cave. And here the fugitives had
+concealed themselves for several days, until the danger which then
+threatened them had passed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was on this occasion that it occurred to the captain, what a place
+of rendezvous this cave would be for himself and his gang; what a
+place of shelter in case of danger; what a fine storehouse for the
+plunder obtained in his piratical expeditions!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He immediately set about fixing it up for the purpose; and as it would
+be necessary to have some one to take charge of things in his absence,
+he thought of none whom he could more safely trust with the service,
+than the Indian woman who had shared his flight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From that time, the cave became a den of pirates, as it had probably
+at one time been a den of wild beasts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Which was the better condition, we leave it for the reader to decide.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The only other occupant of the cave was a negro boy of about fourteen
+or fifteen years of age, known by the name of Black Bill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He seemed to be a simple, half-witted, harmless fellow, and assisted
+Lightfoot in doing the drudgery about the place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What have you got in your basket, Lightfoot?" asked Captain Flint.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Wine," replied the Indian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Away with your wine," said the captain; "we must have something
+stronger than that. Give us some brandy; some fire-water. Where's
+Black Bill?" he continued.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"In de kitchen fixin' de fire," said Lightfoot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"All right, let him heat some water," said the captain; "and now,
+boys, we'll make a night of it," he said, turning to his men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The place here spoken of by Lightfoot as the kitchen, was a recess of
+several feet in the side of the cave, at the back of which was a
+crevice or fissure in the rock, extending to the outside of the
+mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This crevice formed a natural chimney through which the smoke could
+escape from the fire that was kindled under it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The water was soon heated, the table was covered with bottles,
+decanters and glasses of the costliest manufacture. Cold meats of
+different kinds, and an infinite variety of fruits were produced, and
+the feasting commenced.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER IV.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+Yes, the pirate and his crew were now seated round the table for the
+purpose as he said, of making a night of it. And a set of more perfect
+devils could hardly be found upon the face of the earth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And yet there was nothing about them so far as outward appearance was
+concerned, that would lead you to suppose them to be the horrible
+wretches that they really were.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With the exception of Jones Bradley, there was not one among them who
+had not been guilty of almost every crime to be found on the calender
+of human depravity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For some time very little was said by any of the party, but after a
+while as their blood warmed under the influence of the hot liquor,
+their tongues loosened, and they became more talkative. And to hear
+them, you would think that a worthier set of men were no where to be
+found.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not that they pretended to any extraordinary degree of virtue, but
+then they had as much as anyone else. And he who pretended to any
+more, was either a hypocrite or a fool.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To be sure, they robbed, and murdered, and so did every one else, or
+would if they found it to their interest to do so.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Hallo! Tim," shouted one of the men to another who sat at the
+opposite side of the table; "where is that new song that you learned
+the other day?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I've got it here," replied the person referred to, putting his finger
+on his forehead.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Out with it, then."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Let's have it," said the other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The request being backed by the others Tim complied as follows.
+</p>
+
+<div class="poem">
+<div class="stanza">
+<p class="i6">THE BUCCANEER.</p></div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>Fill up the bowl,</p>
+<p>Through heart and soul,</p>
+<p class="i2">Let the red wine circle free,</p>
+<p>Here's health and cheer,</p>
+<p>To the Buccaneer,</p>
+<p class="i2">The monarch of the sea!</p></div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>The king may pride,</p>
+<p>In his empire wide,</p>
+<p class="i2">A robber like us is he,</p>
+<p>With iron hand,</p>
+<p>He robs on land,</p>
+<p class="i2">As we rob on the sea.</p></div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>The priest in his gown,</p>
+<p>Upon us may frown,</p>
+<p class="i2">The merchant our foe may be,</p>
+<p>Let the judge in his wig,</p>
+<p>And the lawyer look big,</p>
+<p class="i2">They're robbers as well as we!</p></div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>Then fill up the bowl,</p>
+<p>Through heart and through soul,</p>
+<p class="i2">Let the red wine circle free,</p>
+<p>Drink health and cheer,</p>
+<p>To the Buccaneer.</p>
+<p class="i2">He's monarch of the sea.</p></div></div>
+
+<p>
+"I like that song," said one of the men, whose long sober face and
+solemn, drawling voice had gained for him among his companions the
+title of Parson. "I like that song; it has the ring of the true metal,
+and speaks my sentiments exactly. It's as good as a sermon, and better
+than some sermons I've heard."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"It preaches the doctrine I've always preached, and that is that the
+whole world is filled with creatures who live by preying upon each
+other, and of all the animals that infest the earth, man is the worst
+and cruelest."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What! Parson!" said one of the men, "you don't mean to say that the
+whole world's nothing but a set of thieves and murderers!"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Yes; I do," said the parson; "or something just as bad."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I'd like to know how you make that out," put in Jones Bradley. "I had
+a good old mother once, and a father now dead and gone. I own I'm bad
+enough myself, but no argument of yours parson, or any body else's can
+make me believe that they were thieves and murderers."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I don't mean to be personal," said the parson, "your father and
+mother may have been angels for all I know, but I'll undertake to show
+that all the rest of the world, lawyers, doctors and all, are a set of
+thieves and murderers, or something just as bad."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well Parson, s'pose you put the stopper on there," shouted one of the
+men; "if you can sing a song, or spin a yarn, it's all right; but this
+ain't a church, and we don't want to listen to one of your long-winded
+sermons tonight."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Amen!" came from the voices of nearly all present.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Parson thus rebuked, was fain to hold his peace for the rest of
+the evening.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a pause of a few moments, one of the men reminded Captain Flint,
+that he had promised to inform them how he came to adopt their
+honorable calling as a profession.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well," said the captain, "I suppose I might as well do it now, as at
+any other time; and if no one else has anything better to offer, I'll
+commence; and to begin at the beginning, I was born in London. About
+my schooling and bringing up, I haven't much to say, as an account of
+it would only be a bore.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"My father was a merchant and although I suppose one ought not to
+speak disrespectfully of one's father, he was, I must say, as
+gripping, and tight-fisted a man as ever walked the earth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I once heard a man say, he would part with anything he had on earth
+for money, but his wife. My father, I believe, would have not only
+parted with his wife and children for money, but himself too, if he
+had thought he should profit by the bargain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As might be expected, the first thing he tried to impress on the
+minds of his children was the necessity of getting money.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"To be sure, he did not tell us to steal, as the word is generally
+understood; for he wanted us to keep clear of the clutches of the law.
+Could we only succeed in doing this, it mattered little to him, how
+the desired object was secured.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"He found in me an easy convert to his doctrine, so far as the getting
+of money was concerned; but in the propriety of hoarding the money as
+he did when it was obtained, I had no faith.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The best use I thought that money could be put too, was to spend it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Here my father and I were at swords' points, and had it not been that
+notwithstanding this failing, as he called it, I had become useful to
+him in his business, he would have banished me long before I took into
+my head to be beforehand with him, and become a voluntary exile from
+the parental roof.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The way of it was this. As I have intimated, according to my father's
+notions all the wealth in the world was common property, and every one
+was entitled to all he could lay his hands on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Now, believing in this doctrine, it occurred to me that my father had
+more money than he could ever possibly make use of, and that if I
+could possess a portion of it without exposing myself to any great
+danger, I should only be carrying out his own doctrine.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Acting upon this thought, I set about helping myself as opportunity
+offered, sometimes by false entries, and in various ways that I need
+not explain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"This game I carried on for some time, but I knew that it would not
+last forever. I should be found out at last, and I must be out of the
+way before the crash came.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Luckily a chance of escape presented itself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"My father, in connection with two or three other merchants, chartered
+a vessel to trade among the West India islands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I managed to get myself appointed supercargo. I should now be out of
+the way when the discovery of the frauds which I had been practicing I
+knew must be made.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As I had no intention of ever returning, my mind was perfectly at
+ease on this score.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"We found ready sale for our cargo, and made a good thing of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As I have said, when I left home, it was with the intention of never
+returning, though what I should do while abroad I had not decided, but
+as soon as the cargo was disposed of, my mind was made up.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I determined to turn pirate!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I had observed on our outward passage, that our vessel, which was a
+bark of about two hundred tons burden, was a very fast sailor, and
+with a little fitting up, could be made just the craft we wanted for
+our purpose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"During the voyage, I had sounded the hands in regard to my intention
+of becoming a Buccaneer. I found them all ready to join me excepting
+the first mate and the steward or cook, rather, a negro whose views I
+knew too well beforehand, to consult on the matter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As I knew that the ordinary crew of the vessel would not be
+sufficient for our purpose, I engaged several resolute fellows to join
+us, whom I prevailed on the captain to take on board as passengers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"When we had been about a week out at sea and all our plans were
+completed, we quietly made prisoners of the captain and first mate,
+put them in the jolly boat with provisions to last them for several
+days, and sent them adrift. The cook, with his son, a little boy,
+would have gone with them, but thinking that they might be useful to
+us, we concluded to keep them on board.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What became of the captain and mate afterwards, we never heard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"We now put in to port on one of the islands where we knew we could do
+it in safety, and fitted our vessel up for the purpose we intended to
+use her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"This was soon done, and we commenced operations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The game was abundant, and our success far exceeded our most sanguine
+expectations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"There would be no use undertaking to tell the number of vessels,
+French, English, Spanish and Dutch, that we captured and sunk, or of
+the poor devils we sent to a watery grave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"But luck which had favored us so long, at last turned against as.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The different governments became alarmed for the safety of their
+commerce in the seas which we frequented, and several expeditions were
+fitted out for our special benefit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"For a while we only laughed at all this, for we had escaped so many
+times, that we began to think we were under the protection of old
+Neptune himself. But early one morning the man on the look-out
+reported a sail a short distance to the leeward, which seemed trying
+to get away from us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"It was a small vessel, or brig, but as the weather was rather hazy,
+her character in other respects he could not make out.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"We thought, however, that it was a small trading vessel, which having
+discovered us, and suspecting our character, was trying to reach port
+before we could overtake her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Acting under this impression, we made all sail for her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As the strange vessel did not make very great headway, an hour's
+sailing brought as near enough to give us a pretty good view of her,
+yet we could not exactly make out her character, yet we thought that
+she had a rather suspicious look. And still she appeared rather like a
+traveling vessel, though if so, she could not have much cargo on
+board, and as the seemed built for speed, we wondered why she did not
+make better headway.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"But we were not long left in doubt in regard to her real character,
+for all at once her port-holes which had been purposely concealed were
+unmasked, and we received a broadside from her just as we were about
+to send her a messenger from our long tom.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"This broadside, although doing us little other damage, so cut our
+rigging as to render our escape now impossible if such had been our
+intention. So after returning the salute we had received, in as
+handsome a manner as we could, I gave orders to bear down upon the
+enemy's ship, which I was glad to see had been considerably disabled
+by our shot. But as she had greatly the advantage of us in the weight
+of material, our only hope was in boarding her, and fighting it out
+hand to hand on her own deck.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The rigging of the two vessels was soon so entangled as to make it
+impossible to separate them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"In spite of all the efforts of the crew of the enemy's vessel to
+oppose us we were soon upon her deck. We found she was a Spanish
+brigantine sent out purposely to capture us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Her apparent efforts to get away from us had been only a ruse to draw
+us on, so as to get us into a position from which there could be no
+escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I have been in a good many fights, but never before one like that.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As we expected no quarter, we gave none. The crew of the Spanish
+vessel rather outnumbered us, but not so greatly as to make the
+contest very unequal. And in our case desperation supplied the place
+of numbers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The deck was soon slippery with gore, and there were but few left to
+fight on either side. The captain of the Spanish vessel was one of the
+first killed. Some were shot down, some were hurled over the deck in
+the sea, some had their skulls broken with boarding pikes, and there
+was not a man left alive of the Spanish crew; and of ours, I at first
+thought that I was the only survivor, when the negro cook who had been
+forgotten all the while, came up from the cabin of our brig, bearing
+in his arms his little son, of course unharmed, but nearly frightened
+to death. Strange as it may appear, it is nevertheless true, that with
+the exception of a few slight scratches, I escaped without a wound.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"To my horror I now discovered that both vessels were fast sinking.
+But the cook set me at my ease on that score, by informing me that
+there was one small boat that had not been injured. Into this we
+immediately got, after having secured the small supply of provisions
+and water within our reach, which from the condition the vessels were,
+was very small.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"We had barely got clear of the sinking vessels, when they both went
+down, leaving us alone upon the wide ocean without compass or chart;
+not a sail in sight, and many a long, long league from the nearest
+coast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"For more than a week we were tossing about on the waves without
+discovering a vessel. At last I saw that our provisions were nearly
+gone. We had been on short allowance from the first. At the rate they
+were going, they would not last more than two days longer. What was to
+be done? Self preservation, they say is the first law of human nature;
+to preserve my own life, I must sacrifice my companions. The moment
+the thought struck me it was acted upon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Sam, the black cook, was sitting a straddle the bow of the boat; with
+a push I sent him into the sea. I was going to send his boy after him,
+but the child clung to my legs in terror, and just at that moment a
+sail hove in sight and I changed my purpose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Such a groan of horror as the father gave on striking the water I
+never heard before, and trust I shall never hear again."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"At that instant the whole party sprang to their feet as if started by
+a shock of electricity, while most fearful groan resounded through the
+cavern, repeated by a thousand echos, each repetition growing fainter,
+and fainter until seeming to lose itself in the distance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"That's it, that's it," said the captain, only louder, and if anything
+more horrible.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"But what does all this mean?" he demanded of Lightfoot, who had
+joined the astonished group.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Don't know," said the woman.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Where's Black Bill?" next demanded the captain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Here I is," said the boy crawling out from a recess in the wall in
+which he slept.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Was that you, Bill?" demanded his master.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"No; dis is me," innocently replied the darkey.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Do you know what that noise was?" asked the captain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"S'pose 'twas de debble comin' after massa," said the boy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What do you mean, you wooley-headed imp," said the captain; "don't
+you know that the devil likes his own color best? Away to bed, away,
+you rascal!"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well, boys," said Flint, addressing the men and trying to appear very
+indifferent, "we have allowed ourselves to be alarmed by a trifle that
+can be easily enough accounted for.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"These rocks, as you see, are full of cracks and crevices; there may
+be other caverns under, or about as, for all we know. The wind
+entering these, has no doubt caused the noise we have beard, and which
+to our imaginations, somewhat heated by the liquor we have been
+drinking, has converted into the terrible groan which has so startled
+us, and now that we know what it is, I may as well finish my story.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As I was saying, a sail hove in sight. It was a vessel bound to this
+port. I and the boy were taken on board and arrived here in safety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"This boy, whether from love or fear, I can hardly say, has clung to
+me ever since.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I have tried to shake him off several times, but it was no use, he
+always returns.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The first business I engaged in on arriving here, was to trade with
+the Indians; when having discovered this cave, it struck me that it
+would make a fine storehouse for persons engaged in our line of
+business. Acting upon this hint, I fitted it up as you see.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"With a few gold pieces which I had secured in my belt I bought our
+little schooner. From that time to the present, my history it as well
+known to you as to myself. And now my long yarn is finished, let us go
+on with our sport."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But to recall the hilarity of spirits with which the entertainment had
+commenced, was no easy matter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whether the captain's explanation of the strange noise was
+satisfactory to himself or not, it was by no means so to the men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Every attempt at singing, or story telling failed. The only thing that
+seemed to meet with any favor was the hot punch, and this for the most
+part, was drank in silence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a while they slunk away from the table one by one, and fell
+asleep in some remote corner of the cave, or rolled over where they
+sat, and were soon oblivious to everything around them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The only wakeful one among them was the captain himself, who had drank
+but little.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He sat by the table alone. He started up! Could he have dozed and been
+dreaming? but surely he heard that groan again!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a more suppressed voice than before, and not repeated so many
+times, but the same horrid groan; he could not be mistaken, he had
+never heard anything else like it. The matter must be looked into.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER V.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+Although it was nearly true, as Captain Flint had told his men, that
+they were about as well acquainted with his history since he landed in
+this country as he was himself, such is not the case with the reader.
+And in order that he may be as well informed in this matter as they
+were, we shall now endeavor to fill up the gap in the narrative.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To the crew of the vessel who had rescued him and saved his life,
+Captain Flint had represented himself as being one of the hands of a
+ship which had been wrecked at sea, and from which the only ones who
+had escaped, were himself and two negros, one of whom was the father
+of the boy who had been found with him. The father of the boy had
+fallen overboard, and been drowned just before the vessel hove in
+sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This story, which seemed plausible enough, was believed by the men
+into whose hands they had fallen, and Flint and the negro, received
+every attention which their forlorn condition required. And upon
+arriving in port, charitable people exerted themselves in the
+captain's behalf, procuring him employment, and otherwise enabling him
+to procure an honest livelihood, should he so incline.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But honesty was not one of the captain's virtues.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had not been long in the country before he determined to try his
+fortune among the Indians.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He adopted this course partly because he saw in it a way of making
+money more rapidly than in any other, and partly because it opened to
+him a new field of wild adventure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having made the acquaintance of some of the Indians who were in the
+habit of coming to the city occasionally for the purpose of trading,
+he accompanied them to their home in the wilderness, and having
+previously made arrangements with merchants in the city, among others
+Carl Rosenthrall, to purchase or dispose of his furs, he was soon
+driving a thriving business. In a little while he became very popular
+with the savages, joined one of the tribes and was made a chief.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This state of things however, did not last long. The other chiefs
+became jealous of his influence, and incited the minds of many of the
+people against him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They said he cheated them in his dealings, that his attachment to the
+red men was all pretence. That he was a paleface at heart, carrying on
+trade with the palefaces to the injury of the Indians. Killing them
+with his fire water which they gave them for their furs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In all this there was no little truth, but Flint, confident of his
+power over his new friends, paid no attention to it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A crisis came at last.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One of the chiefs who had been made drunk by whiskey which he had
+received from Flint in exchange for a lot of beaver skins, accused the
+latter of cheating him; called him a paleface thief who had joined the
+Indians only for the purpose of cheating them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint forgetting his usual caution took the unruly savage by the
+shoulders and thrust him out of the lodge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments the enraged Indian returned accompanied by another,
+when the two attacked the white man with knives and tomahawks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint saw no way but to defend himself single-handed as he was,
+against two infuriated savages, and to do to if possible without
+killing either.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This he soon discovered was impossible. The only weapon he had at
+command was a hunting knife, and he had two strong men to contend
+against. Fortunately for him, one of them was intoxicated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As it was, the savage who had begun the quarrel, was killed, and the
+other so badly wounded that he died a few hours afterwards.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The enmity of the whole tribe was now aroused against Flint, by the
+unfortunate termination of this affair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It availed him nothing to contend that he had killed the two in self
+defence, and that they begun the quarrel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was a white man, and had killed two Indians, and that was enough.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Besides, how did they know whether he told the truth or not?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was a paleface, and palefaces had crooked tongues, and their words
+could not be depended upon. Besides their brethren were dead, and
+could not speak for themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Finally it was decided in the grand council of the tribe that he
+should suffer death, and although they called him a paleface, as he
+had joined the tribe he should be treated as an Indian, and suffer
+death by torture in order that he might have an opportunity of showing
+how he could endure the most horrible torment without complaining.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The case of Flint now seemed to be a desperate one. He was bound hand
+and foot, and escape seemed out of the question.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Relief came from a quarter he did not anticipate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The place where this took place was not on the borders of the great
+lakes where the tribe to which Flint had attached himself belonged,
+but on the shores of the Hudson river a few miles above the Highlands,
+where a portion of the tribe had stopped to rest for a few days, while
+on their way to New York, where they were going for the purpose of
+trading.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It happened that there was among them a woman who had originally
+belonged to one of the tribes inhabiting this part of the country, but
+who while young, had been taken prisoner in some one of the wars that
+were always going on among the savages. She was carried away by her
+captors, and finally adopted into their tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To this woman Flint had shown some kindness, and had at several times
+made her presents of trinkets and trifles such as he knew would
+gratify an uncultivated taste. And which cost him little or nothing.
+He little thought when making these trifling presents the service he
+was doing himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Late in the night preceding the day on which he was to have been
+executed, this woman came into the tent where he lay bound, and cut
+the thongs with which he was tied, and telling him in a whisper to
+follow her, she led the way out.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With stealthy and cautious steps they made their way through the
+encampment, but when clear of this, they traveled as rapidly as the
+darkness of the night and the nature of the ground would admit of.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All night, and a portion of the next day they continued their journey.
+The rapidity with which she traveled, and her unhesitating manner,
+soon convinced Flint that she was familiar with the country.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Upon reaching Butterhill, or Mount Tecomthe, she led the way to the
+cave which we have already described.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After resting for a few moments in the first chamber, the Indian
+woman, who we may as well inform the reader was none other than our
+friend Lightfoot, showed Flint the secret door and the entrance to the
+grand chamber, which after lighting a torch made of pitch-pine, they
+entered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Here we are safe," said Lightfoot; "Indians no find us here."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The moment Flint entered this cavern it struck him as being a fine
+retreat for a band of pirates or smugglers, and for this purpose he
+determined to make use of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lightfoot's knowledge of this cave was owing to the fact, that she
+belonged to a tribe to whom alone the secrets of the place were known.
+It was a tribe that had inhabited that part of the country for
+centuries. But war and privation had so reduced them, that there was
+but a small remnant of them left, and strangers now occupied their
+hunting grounds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Indians in the neighborhood knew of the existence of the cave, but
+had never penetrated farther than the first chamber, knowing nothing
+of the concealed entrance which led to the other. Having as they said,
+seen Indians enter it who never came out again, and who although
+followed almost immediately could not be found there, they began to
+hold it in a kind of awe, calling it the mystery or medicine cave, and
+saying that it was under the guardianship of spirits.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although the remnants of the once powerful tribe to whom this cave had
+belonged, were now scattered over the country, there existed between
+them a sort of masonry by which the different members could recognise
+each other whenever they met.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fire Cloud, the Indian chief, who has already been introduced to the
+reader, was one of this tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although the existence of the cave was known to the members of the
+tribe generally, the whole of its secrets were known to the medicine
+men, or priests only.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact it might be considered the grand temple where they performed
+the mystic rites and ceremonies by which they imposed upon the people,
+and held them in subjection.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint immediately set about fitting up the place for the purpose which
+he intended it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To the few white trappers who now and then visited the district, the
+existence of the cave was entirely unknown, and even the few Indians
+who hunted and fished in the neighborhood, were acquainted only with
+the outer cave as before stated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Flint was fully satisfied that all danger from pursuit was over,
+he set out for the purpose of going to the city in order to perfect
+the arrangements for carrying out the project he had in view.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On passing out, the first object that met his view was his faithful
+follower Black Bill, siting at the entrance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"How the devil did you get here!" was his first exclamation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Follered de Ingins what was a comin' arter massa," replied the boy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Bill had followed his master into the wilderness, always like a body
+servant keeping near his person when not prevented by the Indians,
+which was the case while his master was a prisoner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the escape of Flint was discovered, he was free from restraint,
+and he, unknown to the party who had gone in pursuit, had followed
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the negro, Flint learned that the Indians had tracked him to the
+cave, but not finding him there, and not being able to trace him any
+further, they had given up the pursuit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint thinking that the boy might be of service to him in the business
+he was about to enter upon, took him into the cave and put him in
+charge of Lightfoot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On reaching the city, Flint purchased the schooner of which he was in
+command when first introduced to the reader.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is said that, "birds of a feather flock together," and Flint having
+no difficulty gathering about him a number of kindred spirits, was
+soon in a condition to enter upon the profession as he called it, most
+congenial to his taste and habits.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER VI.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+When the crew of the schooner woke up on the morning following the
+night in which we have described in a previous chapter, they were by
+no means the reckless, dare-devil looking men they were when they
+entered the cave on the previous evening.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For besides the usual effects produced on such characters by a night's
+debauch, their countenances wore the haggard suspicious look of men
+who felt judgment was hanging over them; that they were in the hands
+of some mysterious power beyond their control. Some power from which
+they could not escape, and which sooner or later, would mete out to
+them the punishment they felt that they deserved.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They had all had troubled dreams, and several of them declared that
+they had heard that terrible groan during the night repeated if
+possible, in a more horrible manner than before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To others the ghosts of the men they had lately murdered, appeared
+menacing them with fearful retribution.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the day advanced, and they had to some extent recovered their
+spirits by the aid of their favorite stimulants, they attempted to
+laugh the matter off as a mere bugbear created by an imagination over
+heated by too great an indulgence in strong drink.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although this opinion was not shared by Captain Flint, who had
+carefully abstained from over-indulgence, for reasons of his own, he
+encouraged it in his men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But even they, while considering it necessary to remain quiet for a
+few days, to see whether or not, any harm should result to them, in
+consequence of their late attack on the merchant ship, none of them
+showed a disposition to pass another night in the cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint made no objection to his men remaining outside on the
+following night, as it would give him the opportunity to investigate
+the matter, which he desired.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the next night, when there was no one in the cavern but himself and
+the two who usually occupied it, he called Lightfoot to him, and asked
+her if she had ever heard any strange noises in the place before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Sometime heard de voices of the Indian braves dat gone to the spirit
+land," said the woman.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Did you ever hear anything like the groan we heard last night?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Neber," said Lightfoot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What do you think it was?" asked the captain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Tink him de voice ob the great bad spirit," was the reply.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint, finding that he was not likely to learn anything in
+this quarter that would unravel the mystery, now called the negro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Bill," he said, "did you ever hear that noise before?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Ony once, massa."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"When was that, Bill?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"When you trow my&#8212;"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Hold your tongue, you black scoundrel, or I'll break every bone in
+your body!" roared his master, cutting off the boy's sentence in the
+middle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The boy was going to say:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"When you trow'd my fadder into the sea."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain now examined every portion of the cavern, to see if he
+could discover anything that could account for the production of the
+strange sound.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In every part he tried his voice, to see if he could produce those
+remarkable echoes, which had so startled him, on the previous night,
+but without success.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The walls, in various parts of the cavern, gave back echoes, but
+nothing like those of the previous night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were two recesses in opposite sides of the cave. The larger one
+of these was occupied by Lightfoot as a sleeping apartment. The other,
+which was much smaller, Black Bill made use of for the same purpose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From these two recesses, the captain had everything removed, in order
+that he might subject them to a careful examination.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But with no better success than before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He tried his voice here, as in other parts of the cavern, but the
+walls gave back no unusual echoes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was completely baffled, and, placing his lamp on the table, he sat
+down on one of the seats, to meditate on what course next to pursue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lightfoot and Bill soon after, at his request, retired.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had been seated, he could not tell how long, with his head resting
+on his hands, when he was aroused by a yell more fearful, if possible,
+even than the groan that had so alarmed him on the previous night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The yell was repeated in the same horrible and mysterious manner that
+the groan had been.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint sprang to his feet while the echoes were still ringing in his
+ears, and rushed to the sleeping apartment, first, to that of the
+Indian woman, and then, to that of the negro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They both seemed to be sound asleep, to all appearance, utterly
+unconscious of the fearful racket that was going on around them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint, more perplexed and bewildered than ever, resumed his
+seat by the table; but not to sleep again that night, though the
+fearful yell was not repeated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain prided himself on being perfectly free from all
+superstition.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He held in contempt the stories of ghosts of murdered men coming back
+to torment their murderers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact, he was very much inclined to disbelieve in any hereafter at
+all, taking it to be only an invention of cunning priests, for the
+purpose of extorting money out of their silly dupes. But here was
+something, which, if not explained away, would go far to stagger his
+disbelief.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was glad that the last exhibition had only been witnessed by
+himself, and that the men for the present preferred passing their
+nights outside; for, as he learned from Lightfoot, the noises were
+only during the night time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This would enable him to continue his investigation without any
+interference on the part of the crew, whom he wished to keep in utter
+ignorance of what he was doing, until he had perfectly unraveled the
+mystery.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For this purpose, he gave Lightfoot and Black Bill strict charges not
+to inform the men of what had taken place during the night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was determined to pass the principal portion of the day in sleep,
+so as to be wide awake when the time should come for him to resume his
+investigations.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER VII.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+On the day after the first scene in the cave, late in the afternoon,
+three men sat on the deck of the schooner, as she lay in the shadow of
+forest covered mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These were Jones Bradley, Old Ropes, and the man who went by the name
+of the Parson. They were discussing the occurrences of the previous
+night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I'm very much of the captains opinion," said the Parson, "that the
+noises are caused by the wind rushing through the chinks and crevices
+of the rocks."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Yes; but, then, there wan't no wind to speak of, and how is the wind
+to make that horrible groan, s'pose it did blow a hurricane?" said
+Jones Bradley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Just so," said Old Ropes; "that notion about the wind makin' such a
+noise at that, is all bosh. My opinion is, that it was the voice of a
+spirit. I know that the captain laughs at all such things, but all his
+laughin' don't amount to much with one that's seen spirits."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What! you don't mean to say that you ever actually see a live ghost?"
+asked the Parson.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"That's jist what I do mean to say," replied Old Ropes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Hadn't you been takin' a leetle too much, or wasn't the liquor too
+strong?" said the Parson.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well, you may make as much fun about it as you please," said Old
+Ropes; "but I tell you, that was the voice of a spirit, and, what's
+more, I believe it's either the spirit of some one that's been
+murdered in that cave, by some gang that's held it before, and buried
+the body over the treasure they've stowed away there, or else the
+ghost of some one's that's had foul play from the captain."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well," said the Parson, "if I thought there was any treasure there
+worth lookin' after, all the ghosts you could scare up wouldn't hinder
+me from trying to get at it."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"But, no matter about that; you say you see a live ghost once. Let's
+hear about that."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I suppose," said Old Ropes, "that there aint no satisfaction in a
+feller's tellin' of things that aint no credit to him; but,
+howsomever, I might as well tell this, as, after all, it's only in the
+line of our business.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"You must know, then, that some five years ago, I shipped on board a
+brig engaged in the same business that our craft is.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I needn't tell you of all the battles we were in, and all the prizes
+we made; but the richest prize that ever come in our way, was a
+Spanish vessel coming from Mexico, With a large amount of gold and
+silver on board.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"We attacked the ship, expecting to make an easy prize of her, but we
+were disappointed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The Spaniards showed fight, and gave us a tarnal sight of trouble.
+Several of our best men were killed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"This made our captain terrible wrothy. He swore that every soul that
+remained alive on the captured vessel should be put to death.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Now, it so happened that the wife and child (an infant,) of the
+captain of the Spanish vessel, were on board. When the others had all
+been disposed of, the men plead for the lives of these two. But our
+captain would not listen to it; but he would let us cast lots to see
+which of us would perform the unpleasant office.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As bad luck would have it, the lot fell upon me. There was no
+shirking it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"It must be done; so, the plank was got ready. She took the baby in
+her arms, stepped upon the plank, as I ordered her, and the next
+moment, she, with the child in her arms, sank to rise no more; but the
+look she gave me, as she went down, I shall never forget.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"It haunts me yet, and many and many is the time that Spanish woman,
+with the child in her arms, has appeared to me, fixing upon me the
+same look that she gave me, as she sank in the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Luck left us from that time; we never took a prize afterwards.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Our Vessel was captured by a Spanish cruiser soon afterwards. I, with
+one other, succeeded in making our escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The captain, and all the rest, who were not killed in the battle,
+were strung out on the yard-arm."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Does the ghost never speak to you?" asked the Parson.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Never," replied Old Ropes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I suppose that's because she's a Spaniard, and thinks you don't
+understand her language," remarked the Parson, sneeringly. "I wonder
+why this ghost of the cave don't show himself, and not try to frighten
+us with his horrible boo-wooing."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Well, you may make as much fun as you please," replied Old Ropes;
+"but, mark my words for it, if the captain don't pay attention to the
+warning he has had, that ghost will show himself in a way that won't
+be agreeable to any of us."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"If he takes my advice, he'll leave the cave, and take up his quarters
+somewhere else."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What! you don't mean to say you're afraid!" quietly remarked the
+Parson.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Put an enemy before me in the shape of flesh and blood, and I'll show
+you whether I'm afeard, or not," said Old Ropes; "but this fighting
+with dead men's another affair. The odds is all agin you. Lead and
+steel wont reach 'em, and the very sight on 'em takes the pluck out of
+a man, whether he will or no.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"An enemy of real flesh and blood, when he does kill you, stabs you or
+shoots you down at once, and there's an end of it; but, these ghosts
+have a way of killing you by inches, without giving a fellow a chance
+to pay them back anything in return."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"It's pretty clear, anway, that they're a 'tarnal set of cowards,"
+remarked the Parson.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The biggest coward's the bravest men, when there's no danger,"
+retorted Old Ropes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To this, the Parson made no reply, thinking, probably, that he had
+carried the joke far enough, and not wishing to provoke a quarrel with
+his companion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"As to the affair of the cave," said Jones Bradley; "I think very much
+as Old Ropes does about it. I'm opposed to troubling the dead, and I
+believe there's them buried there that don't want to be disturbed by
+us, and if we don't mind the warning they give us, still the worse for
+us."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The captain don't seem to be very much alarmed about it," said the
+Parson; "for he stays in the cave. And, then, there's the Indian woman
+and the darkey; the ghost don't seem to trouble them much."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I'll say this for Captain Flint," remarked Old Ropes, "if ever I
+knowed a man that feared neither man nor devil, that man is Captain
+Flint; but his time'll come yet."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"You don't mean to say you see breakers ahead, do you?" asked the
+Parson.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Not in the way of our business, I don't mean," said Ropes; "but, I've
+had a pretty long experience in this profession, and have seen the
+finishing up of a good many of my shipmates; and I never know'd one
+that had long experience, that would not tell you that he had been put
+more in fear by the dead than ever he had by the living."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"We all seem to be put in low spirits by this afternoon," said the
+Parson; "s'pose we go below, and take a little something to cheer us
+up."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To this the others assented, and all three went below.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER VIII.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+All Captain Flint's efforts to unravel the mysteries of the cave were
+unsuccessful; and he was reluctantly obliged to give up the attempt,
+at least for the present; but, in order to quiet the minds of the
+crew, he told them that he had discovered the cause, and that it was
+just what he had supposed it to be.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As everything remained quiet in the cave for a long time after this,
+and the minds of the men were occupied with more important matters,
+the excitement caused by it wore off; and, in a while, the affair
+seemed to be almost forgotten.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And here we may as well go back a little in our narrative, and restore
+the chain where it was broken off a few chapters back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Captain Flint had purchased the schooner which he commanded, it
+was with the professed object of using her as a vessel to trade with
+the Indians up the rivers, and along the shore, and with the various
+seaports upon the coast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To this trade it is true, he did to some extent apply himself, but
+only so far as it might serve as a cloak to his secret and more
+dishonorable and dishonest practices.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had Flint been disposed to confine himself to the calling he pretended
+to follow, he might have made a handsome fortune in a short time, but
+that would not have suited the corrupt and desperate character of the
+man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was like one of those wild animals which having once tasted blood,
+have ever afterward an insatiable craving for it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It soon became known to a few of the merchants in the city, among the
+rest Carl Rosenthrall, that Captain Flint had added to his regular
+business, that of smuggling.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This knowledge, however, being confined to those who shared the
+profits with him, was not likely to be used to his disadvantage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a while the whole country was put into a state of alarm by the
+report that a desperate pirate had appeared on the coast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Several vessels which had been expected to arrive with rich cargoes
+had not made their appearance, although the time for their arrival had
+long passed. There was every reason to fear that they had been
+captured by this desperate stranger who had sunk them, killing all on
+board.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain of some vessels which had arrived in safety reported
+having been followed by a suspicious looking craft.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They said she was a schooner about the size of one commanded by
+Captain Flint, but rather longer, having higher masts and carrying
+more sail.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No one appeared to be more excited on the subject of the pirate, than
+Captain Flint. He declared that he had seen the mysterious vessel, had
+been chased by her, and had only escaped by his superior sailing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Several vessels had been fitted out expressly for the purpose of
+capturing this daring stranger, but all to no purpose; nothing could
+be seen of her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a long time she would seem to absent herself from the coast, and
+vessels would come and go in safety. Then all of a sudden, she would
+appear again and several vessels would be missing, and never heard
+from more.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The last occurrence of this kind is the one which we have already
+given an account of the capturing and sinking of the vessel in which
+young Billings had taken passage for Europe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We have already seen how Hellena Rosenthrall's having accidentally
+discovered her lover's ring on the finger of Captain Flint, had
+excited suspicions of the merchant's daughter, and what happened to
+her in consequence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint having made it the interest of Rosenthrall to keep his
+suspicions to himself if he still adhered to them, endeavored to
+convince him that his daughter was mistaken, and that the ring however
+much it might resemble the one belonging to her lover, was one which
+had been given to him by his own mother at her death, and had been
+worn by her as long as he could remember.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This explanation satisfied, or seemed to satisfy the merchant, and the
+two men appeared to be as good friends as ever again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sudden and strange disappearance of the daughter of a person of so
+much consequence as Carl Rosenthrall, would cause no little excitement
+in a place no larger than New York was at the time of which we write.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Most of the people agreed in the opinion with the merchant that the
+girl had been carried off by the Indian Fire Cloud, in order to avenge
+himself for the insult he had received years before. As we have seen,
+Captain Flint encouraged this opinion, and promised that in an
+expedition he was about fitting out for the Indian country, he would
+make the recovery of the young woman one of his special objects.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint knew all the while where Fire Cloud was to be found, and fearing
+that he might come to the city ignorant as he was of the suspicion he
+was laboring under, and thereby expose the double game he was playing,
+he determined to visit the Indian in secret, under pretence of putting
+him on his guard, but in reality for the purpose of saving himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He sought out the old chief accordingly, and warned him of his danger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fire Cloud was greatly enraged to think that he should be suspected
+carrying off the young woman.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"He hated her father," he said, "for he was a cheat, and had a crooked
+tongue. But the paleface maiden was his friend, and for her sake he
+would find her if she was among his people, and would restore her to
+her friends."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"If you enter the city of the palefaces, they will hang you up like a
+dog without listening to anything you have to say in your defence,"
+said Flint.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The next time Fire Cloud enters the city of the palefaces, the maiden
+shall accompany him," replied the Indian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was the sort of an answer that Flint wished, and expected, and he
+now saw that there was no danger to be apprehended from that quarter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But if Captain Flint felt himself relieved from danger in this
+quarter, things looked rather squally in another. If he knew how to
+disguise his vessel by putting on a false bow so as to make her look
+longer, and lengthen the masts so as to make her carry more sail, he
+was not the only one who understood these tricks. And one old sailor
+whose bark had been chased by the strange schooner, declared that she
+very much resembled Captain Flint's schooner disguised in this way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And then it was observed that the strange craft was never seen when
+the captain's vessel was lying in port, or when she was known to be up
+the river where he was trading among the Indians.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another suspicious circumstance was, that shortly after the strange
+disappearance of a merchant vessel, Flint's schooner came into port
+with her rigging considerably damaged, as if she had suffered from
+some unusual cause. Flint accounted for it by saying that he had been
+fired into by the pirate, and had just escaped with the skin of his
+teeth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These suspicions were at first spoken cautiously, and in whispers
+only, by a very few.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They came to the ears of Flint himself at last, who seeing the danger
+immediately set about taking measures to counteract it by meeting and
+repelling, what he pretended to consider base slanders invented by his
+enemies for the purpose of effecting his ruin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He threatened to prosecute the slanderers, and if they wished to see
+how much of a pirate he was, let them fit out a vessel such as he
+would describe, arm her, and man her according to his directions, give
+him command of her, and if he didn't bring that blasted pirate into
+port he'd never return to it himself. He'd like no better fun than to
+meet her on equal terms, in an open sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This bragadocia had the desired effect for awhile; besides, although
+it could hardly be said that Flint had any real friends, yet there
+were so many influential men who were concerned with him in some of
+his contraband transactions. These dreaded the exposure to themselves,
+should Flint's real character be discovered, which caused them to
+answer for him in the place of friends.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These men would no doubt be the first to crush him, could they only do
+so without involving themselves in his ruin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But all this helped to convince Flint that his time in this part of
+the country was pretty near up, and if he meant to continue in his
+present line of business, he must look out for some new field of
+operations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+More than ever satisfied on this point, Captain Flint anxiously
+awaited the arrival of the vessel, the capture of which was to be the
+finishing stroke of his operations in this part of the world.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER IX.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+When Captain Flint had decided to take possession of the cavern, and
+fit it up as a place of retreat and concealment for himself and his
+gang, he saw the necessity of having some one whom he could trust to
+take charge of the place in his absence. A moment's reflection
+satisfied him there was no one who would be more likely to serve him
+in this capacity than the Indian woman who had rescued him from the
+fearful fate he had just escaped.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lightfoot, who in her simplicity, looked upon him as a great chief,
+was flattered by the proposal which he made her, and immediately took
+charge of the establishment, and Captain Flint soon found that he had
+no reason to repent the choice he had made, so far as fidelity to his
+interests was concerned.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a while at first he treated her with as much kindness as it was in
+the nature of such as he to treat any one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He may possibly have felt some gratitude for the service she had
+rendered him, but it was self-interest more than any other feeling
+that caused him to do all in his power to gain a controling influence
+over her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He loaded her with presents of a character suited to her uncultivated
+taste.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her person fairly glittered with beads, and jewelry of the most gaudy
+character, while of shawls and blankets of the most glaring colors,
+she had more than she knew what to do with.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This course he pursued until he fancied he had completely won her
+affection, and he could safely show himself in his true character
+without the risk of loosing his influence over her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His manner to her now changed, and he commenced treating her more as a
+slave than an equal, or one to whom he felt himself under obligations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is true he would now and then treat her as formerly, and would
+occasionally make her rich presents, but it would be done in the way
+that the master would bestow a favor on a servant.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lightfoot bore this unkind treatment for some time without resenting
+it, or appearing to notice it. Thinking perhaps that it was only a
+freak of ill-humor that would last but for a short time, and then the
+great chiefs attachment would return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint fancied that he had won the heart of the Indian woman, and
+acting on the presumption that "love is blind," he thought that he
+could do as he pleased without loosing hold on her affections.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In this he had deceived himself. He had only captured the woman's
+fancy. He had not won her heart.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So that when Lightfoot found this altered manner of the captain's
+towards her was not caused by a mere freak of humor, but was only his
+true character showing itself, her fondness for him, if fondness it
+could be called, began to cool.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Things had come to this pass, when Hellena Rosenthrall was brought
+into the cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first thought of Lightfoot was that she had now discovered the
+cause of the captain's change of manner towards her. He had found
+another object on which to lavish his favors and here was her rival.
+And she was to be the servant, the slave of this new favorite.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint, in leaving Hellena in charge of Lightfoot, gave strict charges
+that she should be treated with every attention, but that she should
+by no means be allowed to leave the cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The manner of Lightfoot to Hellena, was at first sullen: and reserved,
+and although she paid her all the attention that Hellena required of
+her, she went no further.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But after awhile, noticing the sad countenance of her paleface sister,
+and that her face was frequently bathed in tears, her heart softened
+toward her, and she ventured to ask the cause of her sorrow. And when
+she had heard Hellena's story, her feelings towards her underwent an
+entire change.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From this time forward the two women were firm friends, and Lightfoot
+pledged herself to do all in her power to restore her to her friends.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her attachment to Captain Flint was still too strong, however, to make
+her take any measures to effect that object, until she could do so
+without endangering his safety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But Lightfoot was not the only friend that Hellena had secured since
+her capture. She had made another, and if possible a firmer one, in
+the person of Black Bill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the moment Hellena entered the cavern, Bill seemed to be
+perfectly fascinated by her. Had she been an angel just from heaven,
+his admiration for her could hardly have been greater. He could not
+keep his eyes off of her. He followed her as she moved about, though
+generally at a respectful distance, and nothing delighted him so much,
+as to be allowed to wait upon her and perform for her such little acts
+of kindness as lay within his power.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While Hellena was relating the story of her wrongs to Lightfoot, Black
+Bill sat at a little distance off an attentive listener to the
+narrative. When it was finished, and Hellena's eyes were filled with
+tears, the darkey sprang up saying in an encouraging tone of voice:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Don't cry, don't cry misses, de debble's comin arter massa Flint
+berry soon, he tell me so hisself; den Black Bill take care ob de
+white angel."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This sudden and earnest outburst of feeling and kindness from the
+negro, expressed as it was in such a strange manner, brought a smile
+to the face of the maiden, notwithstanding the affliction which was
+crushing her to the earth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Why Bill," said Hellena, "you don't mean to say you ever saw the
+devil here, do you?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Never seed him, but heer'd him doe, sometimes," replied Bill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, Hellena, although a sensible girl in her way, was by no means
+free from the superstition of the times. She believed in ghosts, and
+witches, and fairies, and all that, and it was with a look of
+considerable alarm that she turned to the Indian woman, saying:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I hope there ain't any evil spirits in this cave, Lightfoot."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"No spirits here dat will hurt White Rose (the name she had given to
+Hellena) or Lightfoot," said the Indian woman.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"But the place is haunted, though!" said Hellena.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The spirits of the great Indian braves who have gone to the land of
+spirits come back here sometimes."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Do you ever see them?" asked the girl, her alarm increasing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Neber see dem, but hear dem sometime," replied Lightfoot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Do they not frighten you?" asked Hellena.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Why should I be afraid?" said Lightfoot, "are they not my friends?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lightfoot perceiving that Hellena's curiosity, as well as her fears
+were excited; now in order to gratify the one, and to allay the other,
+commenced relating to her some of the Indian traditions in relation to
+the cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The substance of her narrative was as follows:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She said that a great while ago, long, long before the palefaces had
+put foot upon this continent, the shores of this river, and the land
+for a great distance to the east and to the west, was inhabited by a
+great nation. No other nation could compare with them in number, or in
+the bravery of their warriors. Every other nation that was rash enough
+to contend with them was sure to be brought into subjection, if not
+utterly destroyed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Their chiefs were as much renowned for wisdom, and eloquence as for
+bravery. And they were as just, as they were wise and brave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Many of the weaker tribes sought their protection, for they delighted
+as much in sheltering the oppressed as in punishing the oppressor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus, for many long generations, they prospered until the whole land
+was overshadowed by their greatness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And all this greatness, and all this power, their wise men said, was
+because they listened to the voice of the Great Spirit as spoken to
+them in this cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Four times during the year, at the full of the moon the principal
+chiefs and medicine men, would assemble here, when the Great Spirit
+would speak to them, and through them to the people.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As long as this people listened to the voice of the Great Spirit,
+every thing went well with them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But at last there arose among them a great chief; a warrior, who said
+he would conquer the whole world, and bring all people under his rule.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The priests and the wise men warned him of his folly, and told him
+that they had consulted the Great Spirit, and he had told them that if
+he persisted in his folly he would bring utter ruin upon his people.
+But the great chief only laughed at them, and called them fools, and
+told them the warnings which they gave him, were not from the Great
+Spirit, but were only inventions of their own, made up for the purpose
+of frightening him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And so he persisted in his own headstrong course, and as he was a
+great brave, and had won many great battles, very many listened to
+him, and he raised a mighty army, and carried the war into the country
+of all the neighbouring nations, that were dwelling in peace with his
+own, and he brought home with him the spoils of many people. And then
+he laughed at the priests and wise men once more, and said, go into
+the magic cave again, and let us hear what the Great Spirit has to
+say.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And they went into the cave, as he had directed them. But they came
+out sorrowing, and said that the Great Spirit had told them that he,
+and his army should be utterly destroyed, and the whole nation
+scattered to the four winds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And again he laughed at them, and called them fool, and deceivers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And he collected another great army, and went to war again. But by
+this time the other nations, seeing the danger they were in, united
+against him as a common enemy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was overthrown, killed, and his army entirely cut to pieces.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The conquering army now entered this country, and laid it waste, as
+theirs had been laid waste before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And the war was carried on for many years, until the prophesy was
+fulfilled that had been spoken by the Great Spirit, and the people of
+this once mighty nation were scattered to the four winds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This people as a great nation are known no longer, but a remnant still
+remains scattered among the other tribes. Occasionally some of them
+visit this cave, to whom alone its mysteries are known, or were,
+Lightfoot said, until she had brought Captain Flint there in order to
+escape their pursuers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Is the voice of the Great Spirit ever heard here now?" enquired
+Hellena.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lightfoot said the voice of the Great Spirit had never been heard
+there since the destruction of his favorite nation, but that the
+spirits of the braves as he had said before, did sometimes come back
+from the spirit-land to speak comfort to the small remnant of the
+friends who still remained upon the earth. To those she belonged.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This narrative of the Indian woman somewhat satisfied the curiosity of
+Hellena, but it did not quiet her fears, and to be imprisoned in a
+dreary cavern haunted by spirits, for aught she knew, demons, was to
+her imagination, about as terrible a situation as she could possibly
+be placed in.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER X.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+When there were none of the pirates in the cave, it was the custom of
+Lightfoot, and Hellena to spread their couch in the body of the
+cavern, and there pass the night. Such was the case on the night
+following the day on which Lightfoot had related to Hellena the sad
+history of her people.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is hardly to be expected that the young girl's sleep would be very
+sound that night, with her imagination filled with visions, hob
+goblins of every form, size, and color.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During the most of the forepart of the night she lay awake thinking
+over the strange things she had heard concerning the cave, and
+expecting every moment to see some horrible monster make its
+appearance in the shape of an enormous Indian in his war paint, and
+his hands reeking with blood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a while she fell into a doze in which she had a horrid dream,
+where all the things she had been thinking of appeared and took form,
+but assuming shapes ten times more horrible than any her waking
+imagination could possibly have created.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was past midnight. She had started from one of these horrid dreams,
+and afraid to go to sleep again, lay quietly gazing around the cavern
+on the ever varying reflections cast by the myriads of crystals that
+glittered upon the wall and ceiling.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although there were in some portions of the cavern walls chinks or
+crevices which let in air, and during some portion of the day a few
+straggling sunbeams, it was found necessary even during the day to
+keep a lamp constantly burning. And the one standing on the table in
+the centre of the cave was never allowed to go out.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we have said, Hellena lay awake gazing about her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A perfect stillness reigned in the cave, broken only by the rather
+heavy breathing of the Indian woman who slept soundly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Suddenly she heard, or thought she heard a slight grating noise at the
+further side of the cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Can she be dreaming? or can her eyes deceive her? or does she actually
+see the wall of the cavern parting? Such actually seems to be the
+case, and from the opening out steps a figure dressed like an Indian,
+and bearing in his hand a blazing torch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hellena's tongue cleaves to the roof of her mouth, and her limbs are
+paralyzed with terror. She cannot move if she dare.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The figure moves about the room with a step as noiseless as the step
+of the dead, while the crystals on the walls seem to be set in motion,
+and to blaze with unnatural brilliancy as his torch is carried from
+place to place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He carefully examines everything as he proceeds; particularly the
+weapons belonging to the pirates, which seemed particularly to take
+his fancy. But he carefully replaces everything after having examined
+it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He now approaches the place where the two women are lying.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hellena with an effort closed her eyes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The figure approached the couch; for a moment he bent over it and
+gazed intently on the two women; particularly on that of the white
+maiden. When having apparently satisfied his curiosity, he withdrew as
+stealthily as he had come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Hellena opened her eyes again, the spectre had vanished, and
+everything about the cave appeared as if nothing unusual had happened.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a long time she lay quietly thinking over the strange occurrences
+of the night. She was in doubt whether scenes which she had witnessed
+were real, or were only the empty creations of a dream. The horrible
+spectres which she had seen in the fore part of the night seemed like
+those which visit us in our dreams when our minds are troubled. But
+the apparition of the Indian seemed more real.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Could she be mistaken? was this, too, only a dream? or were the two
+scenes only different parts of one waking vision?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To this last opinion she seemed most inclined, and was fully confirmed
+in the opinion that the cavern was haunted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although Hellena was satisfied in her own mind that the figure that
+had appeared so strangely was a disembodied spirit, yet she had a
+vague impression that she had somewhere seen that form before. But
+when, or where, she could not recollect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When in the morning she related the occurrences of the night to
+Lightfoot, the Indian expressed no surprise, and exhibited no alarm.
+Nor did she attempt to offer any explanation seeming to treat it as a
+matter of course.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Although this might be unsatisfactory to Hellena in some respects, it
+was perhaps after all, quite as well for her that Lightfoot did not
+exhibit any alarm at what had occurred, as by doing so she imparted
+some of her own confidence to her more timid companion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All this while Black Bill had not been thought of but after a while he
+crawled out from his bunk, his eyes twice their usual size, and coming
+up to Hellena, he said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Misses, misses, I seed do debble last night wid a great fire-brand in
+his hand, and he went all round de cabe, lookin' for massa Flint, to
+burn him up, but he couldn't fine him so he went away agin. Now I know
+he's comin' after massa Flint, cause he didn't touch nobody else."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Did he frighten you?" asked Hellena.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"No; but I kept mighty still, and shut my eyes when he come to look at
+me, but he didn't say noffen, so I know'd it wasn't dis darkey he was
+after."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This statement of the negro's satisfied Hellena that she had not been
+dreaming when she witnessed the apparition of the Indian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On further questioning Bill, she found he had not witnessed any of the
+horrid phantoms that had visited her in her dreams.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as Hellena could do so without attracting attention, she took
+a lamp and examined the walls in every direction to see if she could
+discover any where a crevice large enough for a person to pass
+through, but she could find nothing of the sort.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The walls were rough and broken in many parts, but there was nothing
+like what she was in search of.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She next questioned Lightfoot about it, asking her if there was any
+other entrance to the cave beside the one through which they had
+entered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the Indian woman gave her no satisfaction, simply telling her that
+she might take the lamp and examine for herself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As Hellena had already done this, she was of course as much in the
+dark as ever.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Captain Flint visited the cave again as he did on the following
+day, Hellena would have related to him the occurrences of the previous
+night, but she felt certain that he would only laugh at it as
+something called up by her excited imagination, or treat it as a story
+made up for the purpose of exciting his sympathy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Or perhaps invented for the purpose of arousing his superstition in
+order to make him leave the cave, and take her to some place where
+escape would be more easy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So she concluded to say nothing to him about it.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER XI.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+About a week after the occurrence of the events recorded in the last
+chapter, Captain Flint and his crew were again assembled in the
+cavern. It was past midnight, and they evidently had business of
+importance before them, for although the table was spread as upon the
+former occasion, the liquors appeared as yet to be untasted, and
+instead of being seated around the table, the whole party were sitting
+on skins in a remote corner of the cavern, and conversing in a
+suppressed tone of voice as if fearful of being heard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Something must be done," said one of the men, "to quiet this darn
+suspicion, or it's all up with us."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I am for leaving at once," said Old Ropes; "the only safety for us
+now is in giving our friends the slip, and the sooner we are out of
+these waters the better it will be for us."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What, and leave the grand prize expecting to take care of itself?"
+asked the captain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Darn the prize," said Old Ropes, "the East Indiaman ain't expected
+this two weeks yet, and if the suspicions agin us keep on increasin'
+as they have for the last ten days, the land pirates'll have us all
+strung up afore the vessel arrives."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This opinion was shared by the majority of the men. Even the Parson
+who took delight in opposing Old Ropes in almost every thing, agreed
+with him here.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Whether or not," said he, "I am afraid to face death in a fair
+business-like way, you all know, but as sure as I'm a genuine parson,
+I'd rather be tortured to death by a band of savage Indians, than to
+be strung up to a post with my feet dangling in the air to please a
+set of gaping fools."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Things do look rather squally on shore, I admit," said the captain,
+"but I've hit upon a plan to remedy all that, and one that will make
+us pass for honest men, if not saints, long enough to enable us to
+finish the little job we have on hand."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What is that?" enquired a number of voices.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Why, merely to make a few captures while we are lying quietly in the
+harbour or a little way up the river. That'll turn the attention of
+the people from us in another direction, in the mean while, we can
+bide our time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"It can," said the captain. "We must man a whale boat or two and
+attack some one of the small trading vessels that are coming in every
+day. She must be run on the rocks where she may be examined
+afterwards, so that any one may see that she has falling in the hands
+of pirates. None of the crew must be allowed to escape, as that would
+expose the trick.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"All this must take place while I am known to be on shore, and the
+schooner lying in port."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This plot, which was worthy the invention of a fiend, was approved by
+all but Jones Bradley who declared that he would have nothing to do
+with it. For which disobedience of orders he would have probably been
+put to death had he been at sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The plan of operations having been decided upon, the whole party
+seated themselves round the table for the purpose as they would say of
+making a night of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But somehow or other they seemed to be in no humor for enjoyment, as
+enjoyment is understood by such characters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A gloom seemed to have settled on the whole party.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They could not even get their spirits up, by pouring spirits down.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And although they drank freely, they drank for the most part in
+silence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"How is this?" shouted captain Flint, "at last have we all lost our
+voices? Can no one favor us with a song, or toast or a yarn?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hardly had these words passed the lips of the captain, when the
+piteous moan which had so startled the pirates, on the previous
+evening again saluted them, but in a more suppressed tone of voice.
+The last faint murmurs of this moan had not yet died away, when a
+shout, or rather a yell like an Indian war whoop, rang through the
+cavern in a voice that made the very walls tremble, its thousand
+echoes rolling away like distant thunder.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The whole group sprang to their feet aghast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The two woman followed by Black Bill, terror stricken, joined the
+group.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This at least might be said of Hellena and the negro. The latter
+clinging to the skirts of the white maiden for protection, as a mortal
+in the midst of demons might be supposed to seek the protection of an
+Angel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint, now laying his hand violently on Lightfoot, said, "What
+does all this mean? do you expect to frighten me by your juggling
+tricks, you infernal squaw?" At these words he gave her a push that
+sent her staggering to the floor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a moment he saw his mistake, and went to her assistance (but she
+had risen before he reached her,) and endeavored to conciliate her
+with kind words and presents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He took a gold chain from his pocket, and threw it about her neck, and
+drew a gold ring from his own finger and placed it upon hers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These attentions she received in moody silence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All this was done by Flint, not from any feelings of remorse for the
+injustice he had done the woman, but from a knowledge of how much he
+was in her power and how dangerous her enmity might be to him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Finding that she was not disposed to listen to him, he turned from her
+muttering to himself:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"She'll come round all right by and by," and then addressing his men
+said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Boys, we must look into this matter; there's something about this
+cave we don't understand yet. There may be another one over it, or
+under it. We must examine."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He did not repeat the explanation he had given before, feeling no
+doubt, that it would be of no use.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A careful examination of the walls of the cave were made by the whole
+party, but to no purpose. Nothing was discovered that could throw any
+light upon the mystery, and they were obliged to give it up.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And thus they were compelled to let the matter rest for the present.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the morning came, the pirates all left with the exception of the
+captain, who remained, he said, for the purpose of making further
+investigations, but quite as much for the purpose of endeavoring to
+find out whether or not, Lightfoot had anything to do with the
+production of the strange noises. But here again, he was fated to
+disappointment. The Indian could not, or would not, give any
+satisfactory explanation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The noises she contended were made by the braves of her nation who had
+gone to the spirit world, and who were angry because their sacred
+cavern had been profaned by the presence of the hated palefaces.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had he consulted Hellena, or Black Bill, his investigations would
+probably have taken a different turn.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The figure of the Indian having been seen by both Hellena and the
+black, would have excited his curiosity if not his fears, and led him
+to look upon it as a more serious matter than he had heretofore
+supposed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But he did not consult either of them, probably supposing them to be a
+couple of silly individuals whose opinions were not worth having.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If any doubt had remained in the minds of the men in regard to the
+supernatural character of the noises which had startled them in the
+cave, they existed no longer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Even the Parson although generally ridiculing the idea of all sorts of
+ghosts and hobgoblins, admitted that there was something in this
+affair that staggered him, and he joined with the others in thinking
+that the sooner they shifted their quarters, the better.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Don't you think that squaw had a hand in it?" asked one of the men:
+"didn't you notice how cool she took it all the while?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"That's a fact," said the Parson; "it's strange I didn't think of that
+before. I shouldn't wonder if it wasn't after all, a plot contrived by
+her and some of her red-skinned brethren to frighten us out of the
+cave, and get hold of the plunder we've got stowed away there."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some of the men now fell in with this opinion, and were for putting it
+to the proof by torturing Lightfoot until she confessed her guilt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The majority of the men, however, adhered to the original opinion that
+the whole thing was supernatural, and that the more they meddled with
+it, the deeper they'd get themselves into trouble.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"My opinion is," said Old Ropes, "that there's treasure buried there,
+and the whole thing's under a charm, cave, mountain, and all."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"If there's treasure buried there," said the Parson, "I'm for having a
+share of it."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"The only way to get treasure that's under charm," said Old Ropes, "is
+to break the charm that binds it, by a stronger charm."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"It would take some blasting to get at treasure buried in that solid
+rock," said Jones Bradley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"If we could only break the charm that holds the treasure, just as
+like as not that solid rock would all turn into quicksand," replied
+Old Ropes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Did you ever see the thing tried?" asked the Parson.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"No; but I've seen them as has," replied Old Ropes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"And more than that," continued Old Ropes, "my belief is that Captain
+Flint is of the same opinion, though he didn't like to say so.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I shouldn't wonder now, if he hadn't some charm he was tryin', and
+that was the reason why he stayed in the cave so much."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I rather guess the charm that keeps the captain so much in the cave
+is a putty face," dryly remarked one of the men.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER XII.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+While these things had been going on at the cavern, and Captain Flint
+had been pretending to use his influence with the Indians for the
+recovery of Hellena, Carl Rosenthrall himself had not been idle in the
+meantime.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had dealings with Indians of the various tribes along the river,
+and many from the Far North, and West, and he engaged them to make
+diligent search for his daughter among their people, offering tempting
+rewards to any who would restore her, or even tell him to a certainty,
+where she was to be found.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In order to induce Fire Cloud to restore her in case it should prove
+it was he who was holding her in captivity, he sent word to that
+chief, that if he would restore his child, he would not only not have
+him punished, but would load him with presents.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These offers, of course made through Captain Flint, who it was
+supposed by Rosenthrall, had more opportunities than any one else of
+communicating with the old chief.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How likely they would have been to reach the chief, even if he had
+been the real culprit, the reader can guess.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact he had done all in his power to impress the Indian that to put
+himself in the power of Rosenthrall, would be certain death to him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus more than a month passed without bringing to the distracted
+father any tidings of his missing child.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We may as well remark here, that Rosenthrall had lost his wife many
+years before, and that Hellena was his only child, so that in losing
+her he felt that he had lost everything.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Indians whom he had employed to aid him in his search, informed
+him that they could learn nothing of his daughter among their people,
+and some of them who were acquainted with Fire Cloud, told him that
+the old chief protested he knew nothing of the matter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Could it be that Flint was playing him false?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He could hardly think that it was Flint himself who had stolen his
+child, for what motive could he have in doing it?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The more he endeavored to unravel the mystery, the stranger and more
+mysterious it became.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Notwithstanding the statements to the contrary made by the Indians,
+Flint persisted in giving it as his belief, that Fire Cloud had
+carried off the girl and was still holding her a prisoner. He even
+said that the chief had admitted as much to him. Yet he was sure that
+if he was allowed to manage the affair in his own way, he should be
+able to bring the Indian to terms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was about this time that the dark suspicions began to be whispered
+about that Captain Flint was in some way connected with the horrible
+piracies that had recently been perpetrated on the coast, if he were
+not in reality the leader of the desperate gang himself, by whom they
+had been perpetrated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Those suspicions as we have seen, coming to Flint's own ears, had
+caused him to plan another project still more horrible than the one he
+was pursuing, in order to quiet those suspicions until he should have
+an opportunity of capturing the rich prize which was to be the
+finishing stroke to his achievements in this part of the world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The suspicions in regard to Captain Flint had reached the ears of
+Rosenthrall, as well as others, who had been secretly concerned with
+him in his smuggling transactions, although in no way mixed up with
+his piracies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Rosenthrall feared that in case these suspicions against Flint should
+lead to his arrest, the whole matter would come out and be exposed,
+leading to the disgrace if not the ruin, of all concerned.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was therefore with a feeling of relief, while joining in the
+general expression of horror, that he heard of a most terrible piracy
+having been committed on the coast. Captain Flint's vessel was lying
+in port, and he was known to be in the city.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was one thing too connected with this affair that seemed to
+prove conclusively, that the suspicions heretofore harboured against
+the captain were unjust.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And that was the report brought by the crew of a fishing smack, that
+they had seen a schooner answering to the description given of the
+pirate, just before this horrible occurrence took place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint now assumed the bearing of a man whose fair fame had
+been purified of some foul blot stain that had been unjustly cast upon
+it, one who had been honorably acquitted of base charges brought
+against him by enemies who had sought his ruin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had not been ignorant, he said, of the dark suspicions that had
+been thrown out against him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But he had trusted to time to vindicate his character, and he had not
+trusted in vain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the first to congratulate Captain Flint on his escape from the
+danger with which he had been threatened, was Carl Rosenthrall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He admitted that he had been to some extent, tainted with suspicion,
+in common with others, for which he now asked his forgiveness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The pardon was of course granted by the captain, coupled with hope
+that he would not be so easily led away another time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The facts in regard to this last diabolical act of the pirates were
+these.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint, in accordance with the plan which he had decided upon,
+and with which the reader has already been made acquainted, fitted out
+a small fishing vessel, manned by some of the most desperate of his
+crew, and commanded by the Parson and Old Ropes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Most of the men went on board secretly at night, only three men
+appearing on deck when she set sail.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact, no one to look at her, would take her for anything but an
+ordinary fishing smack.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They had not been out long, before they came in sight of a vessel
+which they thought would answer their purpose. It was a small brig
+engaged in trading along the coast, and such a vessel as under
+ordinary circumstances they would hardly think worth noticing. But
+their object was not plunder this time, but simply to do something
+that would shield them from the danger that threatened them on shore.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The time seemed to favor them, for the night was closing in and there
+were no other vessels in sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the pirates making a signal of distress, the commander of the brig
+brought his vessel to, until the boat from the supposed smack could
+reach him, and the crew could make their wants known.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To his surprise six men fully armed sprang upon his deck.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To resist this force there were only himself, and two men, all
+unarmed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Of these the pirates made short work not deigning to answer the
+questions put to them by their unfortunate victims.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When they had murdered all on board, and thrown overboard such of the
+cargo as they did not want they abandoned the brig, knowing from the
+direction of the wind, and the state of the tide, that she would soon
+drift on the beach, and the condition in which she would be found,
+would lead people to believe that she had been boarded by pirates, and
+all on board put to death.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After having accomplished this hellish act, they turned their course
+homeward, bringing the report that they had seen the notorious
+piratical schooner which had committed so many horrible depredations,
+leading every one to conclude that this was another of her terrible
+deeds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint, satisfied with the result of this last achievement,
+felt himself secure for the present.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He could now without fear of interruption, take time to mature his
+plans for carrying out his next grand enterprise, which was to be the
+crowning one of all his adventures, and which was to enrich all
+engaged in it.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER XIII.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint's plan for the accomplishment of his last grand
+enterprise was, as soon as it should be announced to him by those he
+had constantly on the lookout, that the expected vessel was in sight,
+to embark in a large whale boat which he had secretly armed, and
+fitted for the purpose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After killing the crew of the vessel they expected to capture, he
+would tack about ship, and take her into some port where he could
+dispose of the vessel and cargo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As, in this case, it was his intention to abandon the country for
+ever, he removed under various pretences, all his most valuable
+property from the cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The schooner he was to leave in charge of Jones Bradley, under
+pretence that it was necessary to do so, in order to divert suspicion
+from him when the thing should have been accomplished.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fact was, that as he should have no further use for the schooner,
+and having for some time past, feared that Bradley seemed to be too
+tender-hearted to answer his purpose, he had determined to abandon him
+and the schooner together.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last, news was brought to Captain Flint that a vessel answering the
+one they were expecting was in sight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint who, with his crew of desperators, was lying at a place now
+known as Sandy Hook, immediately started in pursuit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Everything seemed to favor the pirates. The doomed ship was making her
+way under a light breeze apparently unconscious of danger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was one thing about the ship, that struck the pirates as rather
+unusual. There seemed to be more hands on board than were required to
+man such a vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I'm afraid there's more work for us than we've bargained for," said
+one of the men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"They seem to have a few passengers on board," remarked Flint, "but we
+can soon dispose of them."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The principal part of Flint's men had stretched themselves on the
+bottom of the boat for fear of exciting the suspicion of those on
+board the ship by their numbers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the pirate craft approached the merchant man, apparently with no
+hostile intention, those on board the ship were watching the boat as
+closely as they were themselves watched.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as they came within hailing distance, the man at the bow of
+the boat notified the captain of the ship that he wished to come along
+side, as he had something of importance to communicate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain of the ship commenced apparently making preparations to
+receive the visit, when one of the men on deck who had been observing
+the boat for some time came to him and said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"That's he. I'm sure I can't be mistaken. The man on the bow of the
+boat is the notorious pirate Flint."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The pirates were approaching rapidly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a moment more they would be along side, and nothing could prevent
+them from boarding the ship.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In that moment the captain of the ship, by a skilful movement suddenly
+tacked his vessel about just as the pirates came up, coming in contact
+with the boat in such a manner as to split her in two in a moment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A dozen men sprung up from the bottom of the boat, uttering horrid
+curses while they endeavored to reach the ship or cling to portions of
+their shattered boat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The greater portion of them were drowned, as no efforts were made to
+rescue them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Three only succeeded in reaching the deck of the ship in safety, and
+these would probably have rather followed their comrades had they
+known how few were going to escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These three were Captain Flint, the one called the Parson and Old
+Ropes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These were at first disposed to show fight, but it was of no use.
+Their arms had been lost in their struggle in the water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They were soon overpowered and put in irons.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Great was the excitement caused in the goodly little City of New York,
+by the arrival of the merchant ship bringing as prisoners, the daring
+pirate with two of his men whose fearful deeds had caused all the
+inhabitants of the land to thrill with horror.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And great was the surprise of the citizens to find in that terrible
+pirate a well-known member of the community, and one whom nearly all
+regarded as a worthy member of society.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another cause of surprise to the good people of the city, was the
+arrival by this vessel, of one whom all had long given up as lost, and
+that was Henry Billings, the lover of Hellena Rosenthrall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He it was who had recognized in the commander of the whale boat, the
+pirate Flint, and had warned the captain of the ship of his danger,
+thereby enabling him to save his vessel, and the lives of all on
+board.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint made a slight mistake when he took the vessel by which
+he was run down, for the India man he was looking out for. It was an
+ordinary merchant ship from Amsterdam, freighted with merchandise from
+that port. Though in appearance she very much resembled the vessel
+which Captain Flint had taken her for.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The reason young Billings happened to be on board of her was this:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It will be remembered that when the ship in which Billings had taken
+passage for Europe, was attacked by the pirates, he was forced to walk
+the plank.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By the pirates, he was of course supposed to have been drowned, but in
+this they were mistaken. He had been in the water but a few moments
+when he came in contact with a portion of a spar which had probably
+come from some wreck or had been washed off of some vessel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To this he lashed himself with a large handkerchief which it was his
+good fortune to have at the time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lashed to this spar he passed the night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When morning came he found that he had drifted out to sea; he could
+not tell how far.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was out of sight of land, and no sail met his anxious gaze.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His strength was nearly exhausted, and he felt a stupor coming over
+him. Then he lost all consciousness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How long he lay in this condition he could not tell. When he came to
+himself, he found that he was lying in the birth of a vessel, while a
+sailor was standing at his side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The whole thing was soon explained.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had been discovered by the Captain of a ship bound for England,
+from Boston.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had been taken on board, in an almost lifeless condition, and
+kindly cared for.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a little while he recovered his usual strength, and although his
+return home must necessarily be delayed, he trusted to be enabled
+before a great while to do so and bring to justice the villains who
+had attempted his murder.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unfortunately the vessel by which he had been rescued, was wrecked on
+the coast of Ireland, he and the crew barely escaping with their
+lives.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a while, he succeeded in getting to England by working his
+passage there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From London, he made his way in the same manner, to Amsterdam, where
+the mercantile house with which he was connected being known, he found
+no difficulty in securing a passage for New York.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Billings now for the first time heard the story of Hellena's
+mysterious disappearance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It immediately occurred to him that Captain Flint was some way
+concerned in the affair not withstanding his positive denial that he
+knew anything of the matter further than he had already made known.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The capture of Captain Flint, and the other two pirates of course led
+to the arrest of Jones Bradley who had been left in charge of the
+schooner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was found on board of the vessel, which was lying a short distance
+up the river, and arrested before he had learned the fate of his
+comrades.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was cast into prison with the rest, though each occupied a separate
+cell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As no good reason could be given for delaying the punishment of the
+prisoners, their trial was commenced immediately.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The evidence against them was too clear to make a long trial
+necessary.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They were all condemned to death with the exception of Jones Bradley,
+whose punishment on account of his not engaged in last affair, and
+having recommended mercy in the case of Henry Billings, was committed
+to imprisonment for life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the time came for the carrying out of sentence of the three who
+had been condemned to death, it was found that one of them was missing
+and that one, the greatest villain of them all, Captain Flint himself!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How could this have happened? No one had visited him on the previous
+day but Carl Rosenthrall, and he was a magistrate, and surely he would
+be the last one to aid in the escape of a prisoner!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That he was gone however, was a fact. There was no disputing that.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But If it were a fact that he had made his escape, it was equally
+true, that he could not have gone very far, and the community were not
+in the humor to let such a desperate character as he was now known to
+be, escape without making a strenuous effort to recapture him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The execution of the two who had been sentenced to die at the same
+time, was delayed for a few days in the hope of learning from them,
+the places where Flint would most probably fly to, but they maintained
+a sullen silence on the subject.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They then applied to Jones Bradley with, at first, no better result.
+But when Henry Billings, who was one of those appointed to visit him,
+happened to allude to the strange fate of Hellena Rosenthrall, he
+hesitated a moment, and then said he knew where the girl was, and that
+she had been captured by Captain Flint, and kept in close confinement
+by him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had no wish he said to betray his old commander, though he knew
+that he had been treated badly by him, but he would like to save the
+young woman.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint might be in the same place, but if he was, he thought
+that he would kill the girl sooner than give her up.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If Captain Flint, was not there, the only ones in the cave besides the
+girl, were a squaw, and Captain Flint's negro boy, Bill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For the sake of the girl Bradley said he would guide a party to the
+cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This offer was at once accepted, and a party well armed, headed by
+young Billings, and guided by Jones Bradley, set out immediately.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER XIV.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+When Captain Flint made his escape from prison, it naturally enough
+occurred to him, that the safest place for him for awhile, would be
+the cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In it he thought he could remain in perfect safety, until he should
+find an opportunity for leaving the country.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The cave, or at least the secret chamber, was unknown to any except
+his crew, and those who were confined in it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On leaving the cave, the last time, with a heartlessness worthy a
+demon, he had barred the entrance to the cavern on the outside, so as
+to render it impossible for those confined there to escape in that
+direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact, he had, be supposed, buried them alive&#8212;left them to die of
+hunger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Flint reached the entrance of the cave in safety, and found
+everything as he had left it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On reaching the inner chamber where he had left the two women and the
+negro boy, he was startled to find the place apparently deserted,
+while all was in total darkness, except where a few rays found their
+way through the crevices of the rocks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He called the names first of one, and then another, but the only
+answer he received was the echo of his own voice.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How was this? could they be all sleeping or dead?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They certainly could not have made their escape, for the fastenings
+were all as he had left them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The means of striking fire were at hand, and a lamp was soon lighted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He searched the cave, but could discover no trace of the missing ones.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A strange horror came over him, such as he had never felt before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The stillness oppressed him; no living enemy could have inspired him
+with the fear he now felt from being alone in this gloomy cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I must leave this place," he said, "I would rather be in prison than
+here."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again he took up the lamp, and went round the cave, but more this time
+in hopes of finding some weapon to defend himself with, in case he
+should be attacked, than with the hope of discovering the manner in
+which those he had left there had contrived to make their escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It had been his custom, lately, on leaving the cavern, to take his
+weapons with him, not knowing what use might be made of them by the
+women under the provocation, to which they were sometimes subjected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The only weapon he could find was a large dagger. This he secured, and
+was preparing to leave the cavern, when he thought he saw something
+moving in one corner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In order to make sure that he had not been mistaken, he approached the
+place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a corner where a quantity of skins had been thrown, and which
+it had not been convenient for him to remove, when he left the cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thinking that one of these skins might be of service to him in the
+life he would be obliged to live for some time, he commenced sorting
+them over, for the purpose of finding one that would answer his
+purpose, when a figure suddenly sprang up from the pile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It would be hard to tell which of the two was the more frightened.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Dat you, massa," at length exclaimed the familiar voice of Black
+Bill. "I tought it was de debil come back agin to carry me off."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What, is that you, Bill?" said Flint, greatly relieved, and glad to
+find some one who could explain the strange disappearance of Hellena
+and Lightfoot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Where are the rest, Bill?" he asked; "where's the white girl and the
+Indian woman?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Debble carry dim off," said Bill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"What do you mean, you black fool?" said his master; "if you don't
+tell me where they've gone, I'll break your black skull for you."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Don't know where dar gone," said Bill, tremblingly, "Only know dat de
+debble take dem away."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint finding that he was not likely to get anything out of the boy by
+frightening him, now changed his manner, saying;
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Never mind, Bill, let's hear all about it."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The boy reassured, now told his master that the night before while he
+was lying awake near the pile of skins and the women were asleep, he
+saw the walls of the cavern divide and a figure holding a blazing
+torch such as he had never seen before, enter the room.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"I tought," said Bill, "dat it was de debble comin' arter you agin,
+massa, and I was 'fraid he would take me along, so I crawled under de
+skins, but I made a hole so dat I could watch what he was doin'."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"He looked all round a spell for you, massa, an' when he couldn't find
+you, den he went were de women was sleepin' an woke dem up and made
+dem follow him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Den da called me and looked all ober for me an' couldn't find me, an'
+de debble said he couldn't wait no longer, an' dat he would come for
+me annudder time, An den de walls opened agin, an' da all went true
+togedder. When I heard you in de cave, massa, I tought it was de
+debble come agin to fetch me, an' so I crawled under de skins agin."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From this statement of the boy, Flint come to the conclusion that Bill
+must have been too much frightened at the time to know what was
+actually taking place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One thing was certain, and that was the prisoners had escaped, and had
+been aided in their escape by some persons, to him unknown, in a most
+strange and mysterious manner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Over and over again he questioned Black Bill, but every time with the
+same result.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The boy persisted in the statement, that he saw the whole party pass
+out through an opening in the walls of the cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That they had not passed out through the usual entrance was evident,
+for he found everything as he had left it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again he examined the walls of the cavern, only to be again baffled
+and disappointed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He began to think that may be after all, the cavern was under a spell
+of enchantment, and that the women had actually been carried off in
+the manner described by the negro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The boy was evidently honest in his statement, believing that he was
+telling nothing that was not true.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But be all this as it might, the mere presence of a human being, even
+though a poor negro boy, was sufficient to enable him to shake off the
+feeling of loneliness and fear, with which he was oppressed upon
+entering the cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He now determined to remain in the cavern for a short time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Long enough at least to make a thorough examination of the place,
+before taking his departure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This determination of Captain Flint's was by no means agreeable to the
+negro boy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Bill was anxious to leave the cave, and by that means escape the
+clutches of the devil, who was in the habit of frequenting it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He endeavored to induce Flint to change his resolution by assuring him
+that he had heard the devil say that he was coming after him. But the
+captain only laughed at the boy, and he was compelled to remain.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER XV.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+For several days after the departure of Captain Flint, the inmates of
+the cavern felt no uneasiness at his absence; but when day after day
+passed, until more than a week had elapsed without his making his
+appearance they began to be alarmed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It had uniformly been the practice of Captain Flint on leaving the
+cave, to give Lightfoot charges to remain there until his return, and
+not to allow any one to enter, or pass out during his absence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This charge she had strictly obeyed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Singularly enough he had said nothing about it the last time. This,
+however, made no difference with Lightfoot, for if she thought of it
+at all, she supposed that he had forgotten it. Still she felt no
+disposition to disobey his commands, although her feelings towards
+him, since his late brutal treatment had very much changed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But their provisions were giving out, and to remain in the cavern much
+longer, they must starve to death. Lightfoot therefore resolved to go
+in search of the means of preventing such a catastrophe, leaving the
+others to remain in the cave until her return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On attempting to pass out, she found to her horror that the way was
+barred against her from the outside.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact, they were buried alive!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In vain she endeavored to force her way out. The entrance had been too
+well secured.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There seemed to be no alternative but to await patiently the return of
+the captain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Failing in that, they must starve to death!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Their supply of provisions was not yet quite exhausted, and they
+immediately commenced putting themselves on short allowance, hoping by
+that means to make them last until relief should come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While the two women were sitting together, talking over the matter,
+and endeavoring to comfort each other, Hellena noticing the plain gold
+ring on the finger of Lightfoot, that had been placed there by Captain
+Flint during her quarrel with the Indian, asked to be allowed to look
+at it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On examining the ring, she at once recognized it as the one worn by
+her lost lover.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her suspicions in regard to Flint were now fully confirmed. She was
+satisfied that he was in some way concerned in the sudden
+disappearance of the missing man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Could it be possible that he had been put out of the way by this
+villain, who, for some reason unknown to any but himself, was now
+desirous of disposing of her also?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The thought filled her with horror.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That night the two women retired to rest as usual. It was a long time
+before sleep came to their relief. But it came at last.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The clock which the pirates had hung in the cave, struck twelve, when
+Hellena started from her slumber with a suppressed cry, for the figure
+she had seen in the vision many nights ago, stood bending over her!
+But now it looked more like a being of real flesh and blood, than a
+spectre. And when it spoke to her, saying, "has the little paleface
+maiden forgotten; no, no!" she recognized in the intruder, her old
+friend the Indian chief, Fire Cloud.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hellena, the feelings of childhood returning, sprang up, and throwing
+her arms around the old chief, exclaimed:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Save me, no, no, save me!"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Lightfoot was by this time awake also, and on her feet. To her the
+appearance of the chief seemed a matter of no surprise. Not that she
+had expected anything of the kind, but she looked upon the cave as a
+place of enchantment, and she believed that the spirits having it in
+charge, could cause the walls to open and close again at pleasure. And
+she recognized Fire Cloud as one of the chiefs of her own tribe. He
+was also a descendant of one of its priests, and was acquainted with
+all the mysteries of the cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He told the prisoners that he had come to set them at liberty, and
+bade them follow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They had got everything for their departure, when they observed for
+the first time that Black Bill was missing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They could not think of going without him, leaving him there to
+perish, but the cavern was searched for him in vain. His name was
+called to no better purpose, till they were at last compelled to go
+without him, the chief promising to return and make another search for
+him, all of which was heard by the negro from his hiding place under
+the pile of skins as related in the preceding chapter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The chief, to the surprise of Hellena, instead of going to what might
+be called the door of the cavern, went to one of the remote corners,
+and stooping down, laid hold of a projection of rock, and gave it a
+sudden pressure, when a portion of the wall moved aside, disclosing a
+passage, till then unknown to all except Fire Cloud himself. It was
+one of the contrivances of the priests of the olden time, for the
+purpose of imposing upon the ignorant and superstitious multitude.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On passing through this opening, which the chief carefully closed
+after him, the party entered a narrow passageway, leading they could
+not see where, nor how far.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Indian led the way, carrying his torch, and assisting them over
+the difficulties of the way, when assistance was required.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus he led them on, over rocks, and precipices, sometimes the path
+widening until it might be called another cavern, and then again
+becoming so narrow as to only allow one to pass at a time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus they journeyed on for the better part of a mile, when they
+suddenly came to a full stop. Further progress appeared to be
+impossible.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It seemed to Hellena that nothing short of an enchanter's wand could
+open the way for them now, when Fire Cloud, going to the end of the
+passage, gave a large slab which formed the wall a push on the lower
+part, causing it to rise as if balanced by pivots at the center, and
+making an opening through which the party passed, finding themselves
+in the open air, with the stars shining brightly overhead.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as they had passed out the rock swung back again, and no one
+unacquainted with the fact, would have supposed that common looking
+rock to be the door of the passage leading to the mysterious cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The place to which they now came, was a narrow valley between the
+mountains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pursuing their journey up this valley, they came to a collection of
+Indian wigwams, and here they halted, the chief showing them into his
+own hut, which was one of the group.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another time, it would have alarmed Hellena Rosenthrall to find
+herself in the wilderness surrounded by savages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But now, although among savages far away from home, without a white
+face to look upon, she felt a degree of security, she had long been a
+stranger to.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In fact she felt that the Indians under whose protection she now found
+herself, were far more human, far less cruel, than the demon calling
+himself a white man, out of whose hands she had so fortunately
+escaped.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For once since her capture, her sleep was quiet, and refreshing.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER XVI.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+Black Bill, on leaving the captain, after having vainly endeavored to
+persuade him to leave the cave, crawled in to his usual place for
+passing the night, but not with the hope of forgetting his troubles in
+sleep.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was more firmly than ever impressed with the idea that the cavern
+was the resort of the Devil and his imps, and that they would
+certainly return for the purpose of carrying off his master. To this
+he would have no objection, did he not fear that they might nab him
+also, in order to keep his master company.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So when everything was perfectly still in the cavern excepting the
+loud breathing of the captain, which gave evidence of his being fast
+asleep, the negro crept cautiously out of the recess, where he had
+thrown himself down, and moved noiselessly to the place where the
+captain was lying.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having satisfied himself that his master was asleep, he went to the
+table, and taking the lamp that was burning there, he moved towards
+the entrance of the cave. This was now fastened only on the inside,
+and the fastening could be easily removed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a few moments Black Bill was at liberty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as he felt himself free from the cave, he gave vent to a fit
+of boisterous delight, exclaiming. "Hah! hah! hah! Now de debile may
+come arter massa Flint as soon as he please, he ain't a goun to ketch
+dis chile, I reckan. Serb de captain right for trowin my fadder in de
+sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Hah! hah! hah! he tink I forgit all dat. I guess he fin out now."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus he went on until the thought seeming to strike him that he might
+be overheard, and pursued, he stopped all at once, and crept further
+into the forest and as he thought further out of the reach of the
+devil.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The morning had far advanced when captain Flint awoke from his
+slumber.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He knew this from the few sunbeams that found their way through a
+crevice in the rocks at one corner of the cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With this exception the place was in total darkness, for the lamp as
+we have said had been carried off by the negro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Hello, there, Bill, you black imp," shouted the captain, "bring a
+light."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But Bill made no answer, although the command was several times
+repeated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last, Flint, in a rage, sprang up, and seizing a raw hide which he
+always kept handy for such emergencies, he went to the sleeping place
+of the negro, and struck a violent blow on the place where Bill ought
+to have been, but where Bill was not.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The captain started. "Has he, too, escaped me?" he exclaimed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint went back, and for a few moments sat down by the table in
+silence. After awhile the horror at being alone in such a gloomy
+place, once more came over him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Who knows," he thought, "but this black imp may betray me into the
+hands of my enemies. Even he, should he be so disposed, has it in his
+power to come at night, and by fastening the entrance of the cavern on
+the outside, bury me alive!"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So Flint reasoned, and so reasoning, made up his mind to leave the
+cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint had barely passed beyond the entrance of the cave, when he heard
+the sound of approaching footsteps. He crouched under the bushes in
+order to watch and listen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He saw a party of six men approaching, all fully armed excepting one,
+who seemed to be a guide to the rest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Flint fairly gnashed his teeth with rage as he recognised in this man
+his old associate&#8212;Jones Bradley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The whole party halted at a little distance from the entrance to the
+cave, where Bradley desired them to remain while he should go and
+reconnoitre.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had reached the entrance, had made a careful examination of
+everything about it, and was in the act of turning to make his report,
+when Flint sprang upon him from the bushes, saying, "So it's you, you
+traitor, who has betrayed me," at the same moment plunging his dagger
+in the breast of Bradley, who fell dead at his feet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the next moment the pirate was flying through the forest. Several
+shots were fired at him, but without any apparent effect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The whole party started in pursuit. But the pirate having the
+advantage of a start and a better knowledge of the ground, was soon
+hidden from view in the intricacies of the forest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Still the party continued their pursuit, led now by Henry Billings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the pirate did not return the fire of his pursuers, it was evident
+that his only weapon was the dagger with which he had killed the
+unfortunate Bradley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For several hours they continued their search, but all to no purpose,
+and they were about to give it up for the present, when one of them
+stumbled, and fell over something buried in the grass, when up sprang
+Black Bill, who had hidden there on hearing the approach of the party.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Lookin' arter massa Flint?" asked the boy, as soon as he had
+discovered that he was among friends.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Yes; can you tell us which way he has gone?" asked Billings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Gone dat way, and a-runnin' as if de debble was arter him, an' I
+guess he is, too."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The party set off in the direction pointed out, the negro following.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After going about half a mile, they were brought to a full stop by a
+precipice over which the foremost one of the party was near falling.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As they came to the brink they thought they heard a whine and a low
+growl, as of a wild animal in distress.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Looking into the ravine, a sight met their gaze, which caused them to
+shrink back with horror.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the bottom of the ravine lay the body of the man of whom they were
+in pursuit, but literally torn to pieces.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Beside the body crouched an enormous she bear, apparently dying from
+wounds she had received from an encounter with the men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Could his worst enemy have wished him a severe punishment?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"De debble got him now," said Black Bill, and the whole party took
+their way back to the cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On their way back, Billings learned from the negro that Hellena in
+company with Lightfoot, had left the cave several days previous to
+their coming. Where they had gone he could not tell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was so possessed with the idea they had been spirited away by the
+devil, or some one of his imps in the shape of an enormous Indian,
+that they thought he must have been frightened out of his wits.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Billings was at a loss what course to take, but he had made up his
+mind not to return to the city, until he had learned something
+definite in relation to the fate of his intended bride.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In all probability, she was at some one of the Indian villages
+belonging to some of the tribes occupying that part of the country.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For this purpose he embarked again in the small vessel in which he had
+come up the river, intending to proceed a short distance further up,
+for the purpose of consulting an old chief who, with his family,
+occupied a small island situated there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had proceeded but a short distance when he saw a large fleet of
+canoes approaching.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Supposing them to belong to friendly Indians, Billings made no attempt
+to avoid them, and his boat was in a few moments surrounded by the
+savages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At first the Indians appeared to be perfectly friendly, offering to
+trade and, seeming particularly anxious to purchase fire-arms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This aroused the suspicions of the white men, and they commenced
+endeavoring to get rid of their troublesome visitors, when to their
+astonishment, they were informed that they were prisoners!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Billings was surprised to find that the Indians, after securing their
+prisoners, instead of starting up the river again, continued their
+course down the stream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But what he learned shortly after from one of the Indians, who spoke
+English tolerably well, astonished him still more. And that was, that
+he was taken for the notorious pirate Captain Flint, of whose escape
+they had heard from some of their friends recently from the city, and
+they thought that nothing would please their white brethren so much as
+to bring him back captive.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was to no purpose that Billings endeavored to convince them of
+their mistake. They only shook their heads, as much as to say it was
+of no use, they were not to be so easily imposed upon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And so Billings saw there was no help for it but to await patiently
+his arrival at New York, when all would be set right again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But in the meantime Hellena might be removed far beyond his reach.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER XVII.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+Great was the mortification in the city upon learning the mistake they
+had made.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Where they had expected to receive praise and a handsome reward for
+having performed a meritorious action, they obtained only censure and
+reproaches for meddling in matters that did not concern them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was only a mistake however, and there was no help for it. And
+Billings, although greatly vexed and disappointed, saw no course left
+for him but to set off again, although he feared that the chances of
+success were greatly against him this time, on account of the time
+that had been lost.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Indians, whose unfortunate blunder had been the cause of this
+delay, in order to make some amends for the wrong they had done him,
+now came forward, and offered to aid him in his search for the missing
+maiden.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They proffered him the use of their canoes to enable him to ascend the
+streams, and to furnish guides, and an escort to protect him while
+traveling through the country.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This offer, so much better than he had any reason to expect, was
+gladly accepted by Billings, and with two friends who had volunteered
+to accompany him, he once more started up the river, under the
+protection of his new friends.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+War had broken out among the various tribes on the route which he must
+travel, making it unsafe for him and his two companions, even under
+such a guide and escort as his Indian friends could furnish them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus he with his two associates were detained so long in the Indian
+country, that by their friends at home they were given up as lost.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last peace was restored, and they set out on their return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The journey home was a long and tedious one, but nothing occurred
+worth narrating.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Upon reaching the Hudson, they employed an Indian to take them the
+remainder of the way in a canoe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Upon reaching Manhattan Island, the first place they stopped at was
+the residence of Carl Rosenthrall, Billings intending that the father
+of Hellena should be the first to hear the sad story of his failure
+and disappointment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was evening when he arrived at the house and the lamps were lighted
+in the parlor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With heavy heart and trembling hands he rapped at the door.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the door opened he uttered a faint cry of surprise, which was
+answered by a similar one by the person who admitted him. It was
+Hellena herself!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The scene that followed we shall not attempt to describe.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="chapter">
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>
+At about the same time that Henry Billings, under the protection of
+his Indian friends, set out on his last expedition up the river, a
+single canoe with four persons in it, put out from under the shadow of
+Old Crow Nest, on its way down the stream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The individual by whom the canoe was directed was an Indian, a man
+somewhat advanced in years. The others were a white girl, an Indian
+woman, and a negro boy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In short, the party consisted of Fire Cloud, Hellena Rosenthrall,
+Lightfoot, and Black Bill, on their way to the city.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They had passed the fleet of canoes in which Billings had embarked,
+but not knowing whether it belonged to a party of friendly Indians or
+otherwise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fire Cloud had avoided coming in contact with it for fear of being
+delayed, or of the party being made prisoners and carried back again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Could they have but met, what a world of trouble would it not have
+saved to all parties interested!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As it was, Hellena arrived in safety, greatly to the delight of her
+father and friends, who had long mourned for her as for one they never
+expected to see again in this world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sum of Hellena's happiness would now have been complete, had it
+not been for the dark shadow cast over it by the absence of her lover.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And this shadow grew darker, and darker, as weeks, and months, rolled
+by without bringing any tidings of the missing one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What might have been the effects of the melancholy into which she was
+fast sinking, it is hard to tell, had not the unexpected return of the
+one for whose loss she was grieving, restored her once more to her
+wonted health and spirits.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And here we might lay down our pen, and call our story finished, did
+we not think that justice to the reader, required that we should
+explain some things connected with the mysterious, cavern not yet
+accounted for.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How the Indian entered the cave on the night when Hellena fancied she
+had seen a ghost, and how she made her escape, has been explained, but
+we have not yet explained how the noises were produced which so
+alarmed the pirates.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It will be remembered that the sleeping place of Black Bill was a
+recess in the wall of the cavern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now in the wall, near the head of the negro's bed, there was a deep
+fissure or crevice. It happened that Bill while lying awake one night,
+to amuse himself, put his month to the crevice and spoke some words,
+when to his astonishment, what he had said, was repeated over and
+over, again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Black Bill in his ignorance and simplicity, supposed that the echo,
+which came back, was an answer from some one on the other side of the
+wall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having made this discovery, he repeated the experiment a number of
+times, and always with the same result.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After awhile, he began to ask questions of the spirit, as he supposed
+it to be, that had spoken to him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among other things he asked if the devil was coming after master.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The echo replied, "The debil comin' after master," and repeated it a
+great many times.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Bill now became convinced that it was the devil himself that he had
+been talking to.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the night when the pirates were so frightened by the fearful groan,
+Bill was lying awake, listening to the captain's story. When he came
+to the part where he describes the throwing the boy's father
+overboard, and speaks of the horrible groan, Bill put his mouth to the
+crevice, and imitated the groan, which had been too deeply fixed in
+his memory ever to be forgotten, giving full scope to his voice.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The effect astonished and frightened him as well as the pirates.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With the same success he imitated the Indian war-whoop, which he had
+learned while among the savages.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The next time that the pirates were so terribly frightened, the alarm
+was caused by Fire Cloud after his visit to the cave on the occasion
+that he had been taken for the devil by Bill, and an Indian ghost by
+Hellena.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fire Cloud had remained in another chamber of the cavern connected
+with the secret passage already described, and where the echo was even
+more wonderful than the one pronounced from the opening through which
+the negro had spoken.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here he could hear all that was passing in the great chamber occupied
+by the pirates, and from this chamber the echoes were to those who did
+not understand their cause, perfectly frightful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All these peculiarities of the cavern had been known to the ancient
+Indian priests or medicine men, and by them made use of to impose on
+their ignorant followers.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr class="med">
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<big><b>BEADLE'S FRONTIER SERIES</b></big>
+</p>
+<br>
+
+<table summary="List of the Frontier Series titles">
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">1.</td>
+<td>The Shawnee's Foe.</td>
+<td class="digit">51.</td>
+<td>Madman of the Ocont.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">2.</td>
+<td>The Young Mountaineer.</td>
+<td class="digit">52.</td>
+<td>Slim Jim.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">3.</td>
+<td>Wild Jim.</td>
+<td class="digit">53.</td>
+<td>Tiger-Eye.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">4.</td>
+<td>Hawk-Eye, the Hunter.</td>
+<td class="digit">54.</td>
+<td>The Red Star of the Seminoles.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">5.</td>
+<td>The Boy Guide.</td>
+<td class="digit">55.</td>
+<td>Trapper Joe.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">6.</td>
+<td>War Tiger of the Modocs.</td>
+<td class="digit">56.</td>
+<td>The Indian Queen's Revenge.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">7.</td>
+<td>The Red Modocs.</td>
+<td class="digit">57.</td>
+<td>Eagle-Eyed Zeke.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">8.</td>
+<td>Iron Hand.</td>
+<td class="digit">58.</td>
+<td>Scar-Cheek, the Wild Half-Breed.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">9.</td>
+<td>Shadow Bill, the Scout.</td>
+<td class="digit">59.</td>
+<td>Red Men of the Woods.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">10.</td>
+<td>Wapawkaneta, or the Rangers of the Oneida.</td>
+<td class="digit">60.</td>
+<td>Tuscaloosa Sam.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">11.</td>
+<td>Davy Crockett's Boy Hunter.</td>
+<td class="digit">61.</td>
+<td>The Bully of the Woods.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">12.</td>
+<td>The Forest Avenger.</td>
+<td class="digit">62.</td>
+<td>The Trapper's Bride.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">13.</td>
+<td>Old Jack's Frontier Cabin.</td>
+<td class="digit">63.</td>
+<td>Red Rattlesnake, The Pawnee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">14.</td>
+<td>On the Deep.</td>
+<td class="digit">64.</td>
+<td>The Scout of Tippecanoe.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">15.</td>
+<td>Sharp Snout.</td>
+<td class="digit">65.</td>
+<td>Old Kit, The Scout.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">16.</td>
+<td>The Mountain Demon.</td>
+<td class="digit">66.</td>
+<td>The Boy Scouts.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">17.</td>
+<td>Wild Tom of Wyoming.</td>
+<td class="digit">67.</td>
+<td>Hiding Tom.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">18.</td>
+<td>The Brave Boy Hunters of Kentucky.</td>
+<td class="digit">68.</td>
+<td>Roving Dick, Hunter.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">19.</td>
+<td>The Fearless Ranger.</td>
+<td class="digit">69.</td>
+<td>Hickory Jack.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">20.</td>
+<td>The Haunted Trapper.</td>
+<td class="digit">70.</td>
+<td>Mad Mike.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">21.</td>
+<td>Madman of the Colorado.</td>
+<td class="digit">71.</td>
+<td>Snake-Eye.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">22.</td>
+<td>The Panther Demon.</td>
+<td class="digit">72.</td>
+<td>Big-Hearted Joe.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">23.</td>
+<td>Slashaway, the Fearless.</td>
+<td class="digit">73.</td>
+<td>The Blazing Arrow.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">24.</td>
+<td>Pine Tree Jack.</td>
+<td class="digit">74.</td>
+<td>The Hunter Scouts.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">25.</td>
+<td>Indian Jim.</td>
+<td class="digit">75.</td>
+<td>The Scout of Long Island.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">26.</td>
+<td>Navajo Nick.</td>
+<td class="digit">76.</td>
+<td>Turkey-Foot.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">27.</td>
+<td>The Tuscarora's Vow.</td>
+<td class="digit">77.</td>
+<td>The Death Rangers.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">28.</td>
+<td>Deadwood Dick, Jr.</td>
+<td class="digit">78.</td>
+<td>Bullet Head.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">29.</td>
+<td>A New York Boy Among the Indians.</td>
+<td class="digit">79.</td>
+<td>The Indian Spirit.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">30.</td>
+<td>Deadwood Dick's Big Deal.</td>
+<td class="digit">80.</td>
+<td>The Twin Trappers.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">31.</td>
+<td>Hank, the Guide.</td>
+<td class="digit">81.</td>
+<td>Lightfoot the Scout.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">32.</td>
+<td>Deadwood Dick's Dozen.</td>
+<td class="digit">82.</td>
+<td>Grim Dick.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">33.</td>
+<td>Squatty Dick.</td>
+<td class="digit">83.</td>
+<td>The Wooden-Legged Spy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">34.</td>
+<td>The Hunter's Secret.</td>
+<td class="digit">84.</td>
+<td>The Silent Trapper.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">35.</td>
+<td>The Woman Trapper.</td>
+<td class="digit">85.</td>
+<td>Ugly Ike.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">36.</td>
+<td>The Chief of the Miami.</td>
+<td class="digit">86.</td>
+<td>Fire Cloud.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">37.</td>
+<td>Gunpowder Jim.</td>
+<td class="digit">87.</td>
+<td>Hank Jasper.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">38.</td>
+<td>Mad Anthony's Captain.</td>
+<td class="digit">88.</td>
+<td>The Scout of the Sciota.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">39.</td>
+<td>The Ranger Boy's Career.</td>
+<td class="digit">89.</td>
+<td>Black Samson.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">40.</td>
+<td>Old Nick of the Swamp.</td>
+<td class="digit">90.</td>
+<td>Billy Bowlegs.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">41.</td>
+<td>The Shadow Scout.</td>
+<td class="digit">91.</td>
+<td>The Bloody Footprint.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">42.</td>
+<td>Lantern-Jawed Bob.</td>
+<td class="digit">92.</td>
+<td>Marksman the Hunter.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">43.</td>
+<td>The Masked Hunter.</td>
+<td class="digit">93.</td>
+<td>The Demon Cruiser.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">44.</td>
+<td>Brimstone Jake.</td>
+<td class="digit">94.</td>
+<td>Hunters and Redskins.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">45.</td>
+<td>The Irish Hunter.</td>
+<td class="digit">95.</td>
+<td>Panther Jack.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">46.</td>
+<td>Dave Bunker.</td>
+<td class="digit">96.</td>
+<td>Old Zeke.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">47.</td>
+<td>The Shawnee Witch.</td>
+<td class="digit">97.</td>
+<td>The Panther Paleface.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">48.</td>
+<td>Big Brave.</td>
+<td class="digit">98.</td>
+<td>The Scout of the St. Lawrence.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">49.</td>
+<td>Spider-Legs.</td>
+<td class="digit">99.</td>
+<td>Bloody Brook.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="digit">50.</td>
+<td>Harry Hardskull.</td>
+<td class="digit">100.</td>
+<td>Long Bob of Kentucky.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+<br>
+<p class="ctr">
+THE ARTHUR WESTBROOK CO. Cleveland, U.S.A.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Fire Cloud, by Samuel Fletcher
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FIRE CLOUD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37006-h.htm or 37006-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/0/0/37006/
+
+Produced by Greg Weeks and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/37006-h/images/cover.jpg b/37006-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3db24dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37006-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/37006.txt b/37006.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f5e589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37006.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4095 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Fire Cloud, by Samuel Fletcher
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Fire Cloud
+ The Mysterious Cave. A Story of Indians and Pirates.
+
+Author: Samuel Fletcher
+
+Release Date: August 8, 2011 [EBook #37006]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FIRE CLOUD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Greg Weeks and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: FIRE CLOUD
+BY SAMUEL FLETCHER
+No. 86 Beadle's Frontier Series]
+
+
+(Printed in the United States of America)
+
+
+FIRE CLOUD;
+
+OR
+
+The Mysterious Cave.
+
+
+A Story of Indians and Pirates.
+
+
+_Copyright, 1909, by James Sullivan._
+_All Rights Reserved._
+
+Published by
+THE ARTHUR WESTBROOK COMPANY
+Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.
+
+
+
+
+FIRE CLOUD.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+Whether or not, the story which we are about to relate is absolutely
+true in every particular, we are not prepared to say. All we know
+about it is, that old Ben Miller who told it to our uncle Zeph,
+believed it to be true, as did uncle Zeph himself. And from all we can
+learn, uncle Zeph was a man of good judgment, and one not easily
+imposed upon.
+
+And uncle Zeph said that he had known old people in his younger days,
+who stated that they had actually seen the cave where many of the
+scenes which we are about to relate occurred, although of late years,
+no traces of any kind could be discovered in the locality where it is
+supposed to have been situated.
+
+His opinion was, that as great rocks were continually rolling down the
+side of the mountain at the foot of which the entrance to the cave
+was, some one or more of these huge boulders had fallen into the
+opening and completely closed it up.
+
+But that such a cave did exist, he was perfectly satisfied, and that
+it would in all probability be again discovered at some future day, by
+persons making excavations in the side of the mountain. And lucky he
+thought would be the man who should make the discovery, for unheard of
+treasures he had no doubt would be found stowed away in the chinks and
+crevices of the rocks.
+
+So much by way of introduction; as we have no intention to describe
+the cave until the proper time comes, we shall leave that part of the
+subject for the present, while we introduce the reader to a few of the
+principal personages of our narrative.
+
+At a distance of some fifteen or twenty miles from the City of New
+York, on the Hudson river in the shadow of the rocks known as the
+Palisades, something near two hundred years ago, lay a small vessel at
+anchor.
+
+The vessel as we have said was small. Not more than fifty or sixty
+tons burden, and what would be considered a lumbering craft now a days
+with our improved knowledge of ship building, would at that time be
+called a very fast sailor.
+
+This vessel was schooner rigged, and every thing about her deck trim
+and in good order.
+
+On the forecastle sat two men, evidently sailors, belonging to the
+vessel.
+
+We say sailors, but in saying so we do not mean to imply that they
+resembled your genuine old _salt_, but something between a sailor
+and a landsman. They could hardly be called land lubbers, for I doubt
+if a couple of old salts could have managed their little craft better
+than they, while they, when occasion required, could work on land as
+well as water.
+
+In fact they belonged to the class known as river boatmen, though they
+had no hesitation to venturing out to sea on an emergency.
+
+The elder of these men, who might have seen some fifty years or more,
+was a short, thick set man with dark complexion, and small grey eyes
+overshadowed by thick, shaggy brows as black as night.
+
+His mouth was large when he chose to open it, but his lips were thin
+and generally compressed.
+
+He looked at you from under his eyebrows like one looking at you from
+a place of concealment, and as if he was afraid he would be seen by
+you.
+
+His name was David Rider, but was better known among his associates
+under the title of Old Ropes.
+
+The other was a man of about twenty-five or thirty, and was a taller
+and much better-looking man, but without anything very marked in his
+countenance. His name was Jones Bradley.
+
+"I tell you what, Joe," said his companion, "I don't like the
+captain's bringin' of this gal; there can't no good come of it, and it
+may bring us into trouble."
+
+"Bring us into trouble! everything that's done out of the common
+track, accordin' to you's a goin' to bring us into trouble. I'd like
+to know how bringing a pretty girl among us, is goin' to git us into
+trouble?"
+
+"A pretty face is well enough in its way," said Old Ropes, "but a
+pretty face won't save a man from the gallows, especially if that face
+is the face of an enemy."
+
+"By the 'tarnal, Ropes, if I hadn't see you fight like the very devil
+when your blood was up, I should think you was giten' to be a coward.
+How in thunder is that little baby of a girl goin' to git us into
+trouble?"
+
+"Let me tell you," said Ropes, "that one pretty gal, if she's so
+minded, can do you more harm than half a dozen stout men that you can
+meet and fight face to face, and if you want to know the harm that's
+goin' to come to us in this case I'll show you."
+
+"The gal, you know's the only daughter of old Rosenthrall. Why the
+captain stole her away, I don't know. Out of revenge for some slight
+or insult or other, I s'pose. Now the old man, as you're aware, knows
+more about our business than is altogether safe for us. As I said
+before, the gal's his only daughter, and he'll raise Heaven and earth
+but he'll have her again, and when he finds who's got her, do you
+suppose there'll be any safety for us here? No! no! if I was in the
+captain's place, I'd either send her back again, or make her walk the
+plank, as he did, you know who, and so get rid of her at once."
+
+"As for walking the plank," said the young man, laying his hand on his
+companion's shoulder, danger or no danger, the man who makes that girl
+walk the plank, shall walk after, though it should be Captain Flint
+himself, or my name is not Jones Bradley."
+
+"You talk like a boy that had fallen dead in love," said the other;
+"but anyhow, I don't like the captain's bringing the young woman among
+us, and so I mean to tell him the first chance I have."
+
+"Well, now's your time," said Bradley, "for here comes the captain."
+
+As he spoke, a man coming up from the cabin joined them. His figure,
+though slight, was firm and compact. He was of medium height; his
+complexion naturally fair, was somewhat bronzed by the weather, his
+hair was light, his eyes grey, and his face as a whole, one which many
+would at first sight call handsome. Yet it was one that you could not
+look on with pleasure for any length of time. There was something in
+his cold grey eye that sent a chill into your blood, and you could not
+help thinking that there was deceit, and falsehood in his perpetual
+smile.
+
+Although his age was forty-five, there was scarcely a wrinkle on his
+face, and you would not take him to be over thirty.
+
+Such was Captain Flint, the commander and owner of the little schooner
+_Sea Gull_.
+
+"Captain," said Rider, when the other had joined the group; "Joe and I
+was talking about that gal just afore you came up, and I was a sayin'
+to him that I was afeard that she would git us into trouble, and I
+would speak to you about it."
+
+"Well," said Captain Flint, after a moment's pause, "if this thing was
+an affair of mine entirely, I should tell you to mind your own
+business, and there the matter would end, but as it concerns you as
+well as me, I suppose you ought to know why it was done.
+
+"The girl's father, as you know, has all along been one of our best
+customers. And we suppose that he was too much interested in our
+success to render it likely that he would expose any of our secrets,
+but since he's been made a magistrate, he has all at once taken it
+into his head to set up for an honest man, and the other day he not
+only told me that it was time I had changed my course and become a
+fair trader, but hinted that he had reason to suspect that we were
+engaged in something worse than mere smuggling, and that if we did not
+walk pretty straight in future, he might be compelled in his capacity
+of magistrate to make an example of us.
+
+"I don't believe that he has got any evidence against us in regard to
+that last affair of ours, but I believe that he suspects us, and
+should he even make his suspicions public, it would work us a great
+deal of mischief, to say the least of it.
+
+"I said nothing, but thinks I, old boy, I'll see if I can't get the
+upper hand of you. For this purpose I employed some of our Indian
+friends to entrap, and carry off the girl for me. I took care that it
+should be done in such a manner as to make her father believe that she
+was carried off by them for purposes of their own.
+
+"Now, he knows my extensive acquaintance with all the tribes along the
+river, and that there is no one who can be of as much service to him
+in his efforts to recover his daughter, as I, so that he will not be
+very likely to interfere with us for some time to come.
+
+"I have seen him since the affair happened, and condoled with him, of
+course.
+
+"He believes that the Indian who stole his daughter was the chief
+Fire Cloud, in revenge for some insult received a number of years ago.
+
+"This opinion I encouraged, as it answered my purpose exactly, and I
+promised to render all the assistance I could in his efforts to
+recover his child.
+
+"This part of the country, as we all know, is getting too hot for us;
+we can't stand it much longer; if we can only stave off the danger
+until the arrival of that East Indiaman that's expected in shortly
+there'll be a chance for us that don't come more than once or twice in
+a lifetime.
+
+"Let us once get the pick out of her cargo, and we shall have enough
+to make the fortunes of all of us, and we can retire to some country
+where we can enjoy our good luck without the danger of being
+interfered with. And then old Rosenthrall can have his daughter again
+and welcome provided he can find her.
+
+"So you see that to let this girl escape will be as much as your necks
+are worth."
+
+So saying, Captain Flint left his companions and returned to the
+cabin.
+
+"Just as I thought," said Old Ropes, when the captain had gone, "if we
+don't look well to it this unlucky affair will be the ruin of us all."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+Carl Rosenthrall was a wealthy citizen of New York. That is, rich when
+we consider the time in which he lived, when our mammoth city was
+little more than a good-sized village, and quite a thriving trade was
+carried on with the Indians along the river, and it was in this trade
+chiefly, that Carl Rosenthrall and his father before him, had made
+nearly all the wealth which Carl possessed.
+
+But Carl Rosenthrall's business was not confined to trading with the
+Indians alone, he kept what would now be called a country store. A
+store where everything almost could be found, from a plough to a paper
+of needles.
+
+Some ten years previous to the time when the events occurred which are
+recorded in the preceding chapter, and when Hellena Rosenthrall was
+about six years old, an Indian chief with whom Rosenthrall had
+frequent dealings, and whose name was Fire Cloud, came in to the
+merchant's house when he was at dinner with his family, and asked for
+something to eat, saying that he was hungry.
+
+Now Fire Cloud, like the rest of his race, had an unfortunate liking
+for strong drink, and was a little intoxicated, and Rosenthrall not
+liking to be intruded upon at such a time by a drunken savage, ordered
+him out of the house, at the same time calling him a drunken brute,
+and making use of other language not very agreeable to the Indian.
+
+The chief did as he was required, but in doing so, he put his hand on
+his tomahawk and at the same time turned on Rosenthrall a look that
+said as well as words could say, "Give me but the opportunity, and
+I'll bury this in your skull."
+
+The chief, on passing out, seated himself for a moment on the stoop in
+front of the house.
+
+While he was sitting there, little Hellena, with whom he had been a
+favorite, having often seen him at her father's store, came running
+out to him with a large piece of cake in her hand, saying:
+
+"Here, No-No, Hellena will give you some cake."
+
+No-No was the name by which the Indian was known to the child, having
+learned it from hearing the Indian make use of the name no, no, so
+often when trading with her father.
+
+The Indian took the proffered cake with a smile, and as he did so
+lifted the child up in his arms and gazed at her steadily for a few
+moments, as if he wished to impress every feature upon his memory, and
+then sat her down again.
+
+He was just in the act of doing this when the child's father came out
+of the dining-room.
+
+Rosenthrall, imagining that the Indian was about to kidnap his
+daughter, or do her some violence, rushed out ordering him to put the
+child down, and be off about his business.
+
+It was the recollection of this circumstance, taken in connection with
+the fact that Fire Cloud had been seen in the city on the day on which
+his daughter had disappeared, which led Rosenthrall to fix upon the
+old chief as the person who had carried off Hellena.
+
+This opinion, as we have seen, was encouraged by Captain Flint for
+reasons of his own.
+
+The facts in the case were these.
+
+Rosenthrall, as Captain Flint had said, although for a long time one
+of his best customers, knowing to, and winking at his unlawful doings,
+having been elected a magistrate took it in to his head to be honest.
+
+He had made money out of his connection with the smuggler and pirate,
+and he probably thought it best to break off the connection before it
+should be too late, and he should be involved in the ruin which he
+foresaw Captain Flint was certain to bring upon himself if he
+continued much longer in the reckless course he was now pursuing.
+
+All this was understood by Captain Flint, and it was as he explained
+to his men, in order to get the upper hand of Rosenthrall, and thus
+prevent the danger which threatened him from that quarter, he had
+caused Hellena to be kidnapped, and conveyed to their grand hiding
+place, the cave in the side of the mountain.
+
+Rosenthrall at this time resided in a cottage on the banks of the
+river, a short distance from his place of business, the grounds
+sloping down to the water.
+
+These grounds were laid out into a flower garden where there was an
+arbor in which Hellena spent the greater part of her time during the
+warm summer evenings.
+
+It was while lingering in this arbor rather later than usual that she
+was suddenly pounced upon by the two Indians employed by Captain Flint
+for the purpose, and conveyed to his vessel, which lay at anchor a
+short distance further up the river.
+
+Captain Flint immediately set sail with his unwilling passenger, and
+in a few hours afterwards she was placed in the cave under the safe
+keeping of the squaw who presided over that establishment.
+
+If the reader would like to know what kind of a looking girl Hellena
+Rosenthrall was at this time, I would say that a merrier, more
+animated, if not a handsomer face he never looked upon. She was the
+very picture of health and fine spirits.
+
+Her figure was rather slight, but not spare, for her form was compact
+and well rounded, and her movements were as light and elastic as those
+of a deer.
+
+Her complexion was fair, one in which you might say without any streak
+of fancy, the lily was blended with the rose.
+
+Her eyes were blue and her hair auburn, bordering on the golden, and
+slightly inclined to wave rather than to curl.
+
+Her nose was of moderate size and straight, or nearly so.
+
+Some would say that her mouth was rather large, but the lips were so
+beautifully shaped, and then when she smiled she displayed such an
+exquisite set of the purest teeth, setting off to such advantage the
+ruby tinting of the lips, you felt no disposition to find fault with
+it.
+
+We have spoken of Hellena's look as being one of animation and high
+spirits, and such was its general character, but for some time past a
+shadow of gloom had come over it.
+
+Hellena was subject to the same frailties which are common to her sex.
+She had fallen in love!
+
+The object of her affections was a young man some two or three years
+older than herself, and at first nothing occurred to mar their
+happiness, for the parents of both were in favor of the match.
+
+As they were both young, however, it was decided to postpone their
+union for a year.
+
+In the meantime, Henry Billings, the intended bridegroom, should make
+a voyage to Europe in order to transact some business for his father,
+who was a merchant trading with Amsterdam.
+
+The vessel in which he sailed never reached her place of destination.
+
+It was known that she carried out a large amount of money sent by
+merchants in New York, as remittances to those with whom they had
+dealings in Europe. This, together with certain facts which transpired
+shortly after the departure of the vessel, led some people to suspect
+that she had met with foul play somewhere on the high seas; and that
+not very far from port either.
+
+Hellena, who happened to be in her father's store one day when Captain
+Flint was there, saw on his finger a plain gold ring which she was
+sure had belonged to her lover.
+
+This fact she mentioned to her father after the captain had gone.
+
+Her father at that time ridiculed her suspicions. But he afterwards
+remembered circumstances connected with the departure of the vessel,
+and the movements of Captain Flint about the same time, which taken in
+connection with the discovery made by his daughter, did seem to
+justify the dark suspicions created in the mind of his daughter.
+
+But how was he to act under the circumstance? As a magistrate, it was
+his business to investigate the matter. But then there was the danger
+should he attempt to do so, of exposing his own connection with the
+pirate.
+
+He must move cautiously.
+
+And he did move cautiously, yet not so cautiously but he aroused the
+suspicions of Captain Flint, who, as we have seen, in order to secure
+himself against the danger which threatened him in that quarter, had
+carried off the daughter of the merchant.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+
+When the vessel in which young Billings set sail started she had a
+fair wind, and was soon out in the open sea.
+
+Just as night began to set in, a small craft was observed approaching
+them, and being a much faster sailor than the larger and heavily
+ladened ship, she was soon along-side.
+
+When near enough to be heard, the commander of the smaller vessel
+desired the other to lay too, as he had important dispatches for him
+which had been forgotten.
+
+The commander of the ship not liking to stop his vessel while under
+full sail merely for the purpose of receiving dispatches, offered to
+send for them, and was about lowering a boat for that purpose, when
+the other captain, who was none other than Captain Flint, declared
+that he could only deliver them in person.
+
+The captain of the ship, though in no very good humor, finally
+consented to lay too, and the two vessels were soon lying along side
+of each other.
+
+Now although while lying at, or about the wharves of New York, the two
+men already introduced to the reader apparently constituted the whole
+crew of Captain Flint's vessel, such was by no means the fact, for
+there were times when the deck of the little craft would seem fairly
+to swarm with stout, able-bodied fellows. And the present instance,
+Captain Flint had no sooner set foot upon the deck of the ship, than
+six or eight men fully armed appeared on the deck of the schooner
+prepared to follow him.
+
+The first thing that Captain Flint did on reaching the deck of the
+ship was to strike the captain down with a blow from the butt of a
+large pistol he held in his hand. His men were soon at his side, and
+as the crew of the other vessel were unarmed, although defending
+themselves as well as they could, they were soon overpowered.
+
+Several of them were killed on the spot, and those who were not killed
+outright, were only reserved for a more cruel fate.
+
+The fight being over, the next thing was to secure the treasure.
+
+This was a task of but little difficulty, for Flint had succeeded in
+getting one of his men shipped as steward on the ill-fated vessel.
+
+One of those who had escaped the massacre was James Bradley. He had,
+by order of Captain Flint, been lashed to the mast at the commencement
+of the fight.
+
+He had not received a wound. All the others who were not killed were
+more or less badly hurt.
+
+These were unceremoniously compelled to walk the plank, and were
+drowned.
+
+When it came to Billings' turn, there seemed to be some hesitation
+among the pirates subjecting him to the same fate as the others.
+
+Jones Bradley, in a particular manner, was for sparing his life on
+condition that he would pledge himself to leave the country, never to
+return, and bind himself to eternal secrecy.
+
+But this advice was overruled by Captain Flint himself, who declared
+he would trust no one, and that the young man should walk the plank as
+the others had done.
+
+From this decision there was no appeal, and Henry Billings resigned
+himself to his fate.
+
+Before going he said he would, as a slight favor, to ask of one of his
+captors.
+
+And then pulling a plain gold ring off his finger, he said:
+
+"It is only to convey this to the daughter of Carl Rosenthrall, if he
+can find means of doing so, without exposing himself to danger. I can
+hardly wish her to be made acquainted with my fate."
+
+When he had finished, Captain Flint stepped up saying that he would
+undertake to perform the office, and taking the ring he placed it upon
+his own finger.
+
+By this time it was dark. With a firm tread Billings stepped upon the
+plank, and the next moment was floundering in the sea.
+
+The next thing for the pirates to do was to scuttle the ship, which
+they did after helping themselves to so much of the most valuable
+portion of the cargo as they thought they could safely carry away with
+them.
+
+In about an hour afterwards the ship sank, bearing down with her the
+bodies of her murdered crew, and burying, as Captain Flint supposed,
+in the depths of the ocean all evidences of the fearful tragedy which
+had been enacted upon her deck.
+
+The captain now directed his course homeward, and the next day the
+little vessel was lying in port as if nothing unusual had happened,
+Captain Flint pretending that he had returned from one of his usual
+trading voyages along the coast.
+
+The intercourse between the new and the old world was not so frequent
+in those days as now. The voyages, too, were much longer than at
+present. So that, although a considerable time passed, bringing no
+tidings of the ill-fated vessel without causing any uneasiness.
+
+But when week after week rolled by, and month followed month, and
+still nothing was heard from her, the friends of those on board began
+to be anxious about their fate.
+
+At length a vessel which had sailed some days later than the missing
+ship, had reported that nothing had been heard from her.
+
+The only hope now was that she might have been obliged by stress of
+weather to put in to some other port.
+
+But after awhile this hope also was abandoned, and all were
+reluctantly compelled to come to the conclusion that she had foundered
+at sea, and that all on board had perished.
+
+After lying a short time in port, Captain Flint set sail up the river
+under pretence of going on a trading expedition among the various
+Indian tribes.
+
+But he ascended the river no further than the Highlands, and come to
+anchor along the mountain familiarly known as Butterhill, but which
+people of more romantic turn call Mount Tecomthe, in honor of the
+famous Indian chief of that name.
+
+Having secured their vessel close to the shore, the buccaneers now
+landed, all save one, who was left in charge of the schooner.
+
+Each carried with him a bundle or package containing a portion of the
+most valuable part of the plunder taken from the ship which they had
+so recently robbed.
+
+Having ascended the side of the mountain for about two hundred yards,
+they came to what seemed to be a simple fissure in the rocks about
+wide enough to admit two men abreast.
+
+This cleft or fissure they entered, and having proceeded ten or
+fifteen feet they came to what appeared to be a deep well or pit.
+
+Here the party halted, and Captain Flint lighted a torch, and
+producing a light ladder, which was concealed in the bushes close by,
+the whole party descended.
+
+On reaching the bottom of the pit, a low, irregular opening was seen
+in the side, running horizontally into the mountain.
+
+This passage they entered, Indian file, and bending almost double.
+
+As they proceeded the opening widened and grew higher, until it
+expanded into a rude chamber about twelve feet one way by fifteen feet
+the other.
+
+Here, as far as could be seen, was a bar to all further progress, for
+the walls of the chamber appeared to be shut in on every side.
+
+But on reaching the further side of the apartment, they stopped at a
+rough slab of stone, which apparently formed a portion of the floor of
+the cave.
+
+Upon one of the men pressing on one end of the slab, the other rose
+like a trap door, disclosing an opening in the floor amply sufficient
+to admit one person, and by the light of the torch might be seen a
+rude flight of rocky stairs, descending they could not tell how far.
+
+These were no doubt in part at least artificial.
+
+The slab also had been placed over the hole by the pirates, or by some
+others like them who had occupied the cave before this time, by way of
+security, and to prevent surprise.
+
+Captain Flint descended these steps followed by his men.
+
+About twenty steps brought them to the bottom, when they entered
+another horizontal passage, and which suddenly expanded into a wide
+and lofty chamber.
+
+Here the party halted, and the captain shouted at the top of his
+voice:
+
+"What ho! there, Lightfoot, you she devil, why don't you light up!"
+
+This rude summons was repeated several times before it received any
+answer.
+
+At length an answer came in what was evidently a female voice, and
+from one who was in no very good humor: "Oh, don't you get into a
+passion now. How you s'pose I know you was coming back so soon."
+
+"Didn't I tell you I'd be back to-day!" angrily asked Flint.
+
+"Well, what if you did," replied the voice. "Do you always come when
+you says you will?"
+
+"Well, no matter, let's have no more of your impudence. We're back
+bow, and I want you to light up and make a fire."
+
+The person addressed was now heard retiring and muttering to herself.
+
+In a few moments the hall was a blaze of light from lamps placed in
+almost every place where a lamp could be made to stand.
+
+The scene that burst upon the sight was one of enchantment.
+
+The walls and ceiling of the cavern seemed to be covered with a
+frosting of diamonds, multiplying the lamps a thousand fold, and
+adding to them all the colors of the rainbow.
+
+Some of the crystals which were of the purest quartz hanging from the
+roof, were of an enormous size, giving reflections which made the
+brilliancy perfectly bewildering.
+
+The floor of the cavern was covered, not with Brussels or Wilton
+carpets, but with the skins of the deer and bear, which to the tread
+were as pleasant as the softest velvet.
+
+Around the room were a number of frames, rudely constructed to be
+sure, of branches, but none the less convenient on that account, over
+which skins were stretched, forming comfortable couches where the men
+might sleep or doze away their time when not actively employed.
+
+Near the center of the room was a large flat stone rising about two
+feet above the floor. The top of this stone had been made perfectly
+level, and over it a rich damask cloth had been spread so as to make
+it answer all the purposes of a table. Boxes covered with skins, and
+packages of merchandise answered the purpose of chairs, when chairs
+were wanted.
+
+"Where is the king, I should like to know?" said Captain Flint,
+looking with pride around the cavern now fully lighted up; "who can
+show a hall in his palace that will compare with this?"
+
+"And where is the king that is half so independent as we are?" said
+one of the men.
+
+"And kings we are," said Captain Flint; "didn't they call the
+Buccaneers Sea Kings in the olden time?"
+
+"But this talking isn't getting our supper ready. Where has that
+Indian she-devil taken herself off again?"
+
+The person here so coarsely alluded to, now made her appearance again,
+bearing a basket containing a number of bottles, decanters and
+drinking glasses.
+
+She was not, to be sure, so very beautiful, but by no means so ugly as
+to deserve the epithet applied to her by Captain Flint.
+
+She was an Indian woman, apparently thirty, or thirty-five years of
+age, of good figure and sprightly in her movements, which circumstance
+had probable gained for her among her own people, the name of
+Lightfoot.
+
+She had once saved Captain Flint's life when a prisoner among the
+Indians, and fearing to return to her people, she had fled with him.
+
+It was while flying in company with this Indian woman, that Captain
+Flint had accidently discovered this cave. And here the fugitives had
+concealed themselves for several days, until the danger which then
+threatened them had passed.
+
+It was on this occasion that it occurred to the captain, what a place
+of rendezvous this cave would be for himself and his gang; what a
+place of shelter in case of danger; what a fine storehouse for the
+plunder obtained in his piratical expeditions!
+
+He immediately set about fixing it up for the purpose; and as it would
+be necessary to have some one to take charge of things in his absence,
+he thought of none whom he could more safely trust with the service,
+than the Indian woman who had shared his flight.
+
+From that time, the cave became a den of pirates, as it had probably
+at one time been a den of wild beasts.
+
+Which was the better condition, we leave it for the reader to decide.
+
+The only other occupant of the cave was a negro boy of about fourteen
+or fifteen years of age, known by the name of Black Bill.
+
+He seemed to be a simple, half-witted, harmless fellow, and assisted
+Lightfoot in doing the drudgery about the place.
+
+"What have you got in your basket, Lightfoot?" asked Captain Flint.
+
+"Wine," replied the Indian.
+
+"Away with your wine," said the captain; "we must have something
+stronger than that. Give us some brandy; some fire-water. Where's
+Black Bill?" he continued.
+
+"In de kitchen fixin' de fire," said Lightfoot.
+
+"All right, let him heat some water," said the captain; "and now,
+boys, we'll make a night of it," he said, turning to his men.
+
+The place here spoken of by Lightfoot as the kitchen, was a recess of
+several feet in the side of the cave, at the back of which was a
+crevice or fissure in the rock, extending to the outside of the
+mountain.
+
+This crevice formed a natural chimney through which the smoke could
+escape from the fire that was kindled under it.
+
+The water was soon heated, the table was covered with bottles,
+decanters and glasses of the costliest manufacture. Cold meats of
+different kinds, and an infinite variety of fruits were produced, and
+the feasting commenced.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+Yes, the pirate and his crew were now seated round the table for the
+purpose as he said, of making a night of it. And a set of more perfect
+devils could hardly be found upon the face of the earth.
+
+And yet there was nothing about them so far as outward appearance was
+concerned, that would lead you to suppose them to be the horrible
+wretches that they really were.
+
+With the exception of Jones Bradley, there was not one among them who
+had not been guilty of almost every crime to be found on the calender
+of human depravity.
+
+For some time very little was said by any of the party, but after a
+while as their blood warmed under the influence of the hot liquor,
+their tongues loosened, and they became more talkative. And to hear
+them, you would think that a worthier set of men were no where to be
+found.
+
+Not that they pretended to any extraordinary degree of virtue, but
+then they had as much as anyone else. And he who pretended to any
+more, was either a hypocrite or a fool.
+
+To be sure, they robbed, and murdered, and so did every one else, or
+would if they found it to their interest to do so.
+
+"Hallo! Tim," shouted one of the men to another who sat at the
+opposite side of the table; "where is that new song that you learned
+the other day?"
+
+"I've got it here," replied the person referred to, putting his finger
+on his forehead.
+
+"Out with it, then."
+
+"Let's have it," said the other.
+
+The request being backed by the others Tim complied as follows.
+
+ THE BUCCANEER.
+
+ Fill up the bowl,
+ Through heart and soul,
+ Let the red wine circle free,
+ Here's health and cheer,
+ To the Buccaneer,
+ The monarch of the sea!
+
+ The king may pride,
+ In his empire wide,
+ A robber like us is he,
+ With iron hand,
+ He robs on land,
+ As we rob on the sea.
+
+ The priest in his gown,
+ Upon us may frown,
+ The merchant our foe may be,
+ Let the judge in his wig,
+ And the lawyer look big,
+ They're robbers as well as we!
+
+ Then fill up the bowl,
+ Through heart and through soul,
+ Let the red wine circle free,
+ Drink health and cheer,
+ To the Buccaneer.
+ He's monarch of the sea.
+
+"I like that song," said one of the men, whose long sober face and
+solemn, drawling voice had gained for him among his companions the
+title of Parson. "I like that song; it has the ring of the true metal,
+and speaks my sentiments exactly. It's as good as a sermon, and better
+than some sermons I've heard."
+
+"It preaches the doctrine I've always preached, and that is that the
+whole world is filled with creatures who live by preying upon each
+other, and of all the animals that infest the earth, man is the worst
+and cruelest."
+
+"What! Parson!" said one of the men, "you don't mean to say that the
+whole world's nothing but a set of thieves and murderers!"
+
+"Yes; I do," said the parson; "or something just as bad."
+
+"I'd like to know how you make that out," put in Jones Bradley. "I had
+a good old mother once, and a father now dead and gone. I own I'm bad
+enough myself, but no argument of yours parson, or any body else's can
+make me believe that they were thieves and murderers."
+
+"I don't mean to be personal," said the parson, "your father and
+mother may have been angels for all I know, but I'll undertake to show
+that all the rest of the world, lawyers, doctors and all, are a set of
+thieves and murderers, or something just as bad."
+
+"Well Parson, s'pose you put the stopper on there," shouted one of the
+men; "if you can sing a song, or spin a yarn, it's all right; but this
+ain't a church, and we don't want to listen to one of your long-winded
+sermons tonight."
+
+"Amen!" came from the voices of nearly all present.
+
+The Parson thus rebuked, was fain to hold his peace for the rest of
+the evening.
+
+After a pause of a few moments, one of the men reminded Captain Flint,
+that he had promised to inform them how he came to adopt their
+honorable calling as a profession.
+
+"Well," said the captain, "I suppose I might as well do it now, as at
+any other time; and if no one else has anything better to offer, I'll
+commence; and to begin at the beginning, I was born in London. About
+my schooling and bringing up, I haven't much to say, as an account of
+it would only be a bore.
+
+"My father was a merchant and although I suppose one ought not to
+speak disrespectfully of one's father, he was, I must say, as
+gripping, and tight-fisted a man as ever walked the earth.
+
+"I once heard a man say, he would part with anything he had on earth
+for money, but his wife. My father, I believe, would have not only
+parted with his wife and children for money, but himself too, if he
+had thought he should profit by the bargain.
+
+"As might be expected, the first thing he tried to impress on the
+minds of his children was the necessity of getting money.
+
+"To be sure, he did not tell us to steal, as the word is generally
+understood; for he wanted us to keep clear of the clutches of the law.
+Could we only succeed in doing this, it mattered little to him, how
+the desired object was secured.
+
+"He found in me an easy convert to his doctrine, so far as the getting
+of money was concerned; but in the propriety of hoarding the money as
+he did when it was obtained, I had no faith.
+
+"The best use I thought that money could be put too, was to spend it.
+
+"Here my father and I were at swords' points, and had it not been that
+notwithstanding this failing, as he called it, I had become useful to
+him in his business, he would have banished me long before I took into
+my head to be beforehand with him, and become a voluntary exile from
+the parental roof.
+
+"The way of it was this. As I have intimated, according to my father's
+notions all the wealth in the world was common property, and every one
+was entitled to all he could lay his hands on.
+
+"Now, believing in this doctrine, it occurred to me that my father had
+more money than he could ever possibly make use of, and that if I
+could possess a portion of it without exposing myself to any great
+danger, I should only be carrying out his own doctrine.
+
+"Acting upon this thought, I set about helping myself as opportunity
+offered, sometimes by false entries, and in various ways that I need
+not explain.
+
+"This game I carried on for some time, but I knew that it would not
+last forever. I should be found out at last, and I must be out of the
+way before the crash came.
+
+"Luckily a chance of escape presented itself.
+
+"My father, in connection with two or three other merchants, chartered
+a vessel to trade among the West India islands.
+
+"I managed to get myself appointed supercargo. I should now be out of
+the way when the discovery of the frauds which I had been practicing I
+knew must be made.
+
+"As I had no intention of ever returning, my mind was perfectly at
+ease on this score.
+
+"We found ready sale for our cargo, and made a good thing of it.
+
+"As I have said, when I left home, it was with the intention of never
+returning, though what I should do while abroad I had not decided, but
+as soon as the cargo was disposed of, my mind was made up.
+
+"I determined to turn pirate!
+
+"I had observed on our outward passage, that our vessel, which was a
+bark of about two hundred tons burden, was a very fast sailor, and
+with a little fitting up, could be made just the craft we wanted for
+our purpose.
+
+"During the voyage, I had sounded the hands in regard to my intention
+of becoming a Buccaneer. I found them all ready to join me excepting
+the first mate and the steward or cook, rather, a negro whose views I
+knew too well beforehand, to consult on the matter.
+
+"As I knew that the ordinary crew of the vessel would not be
+sufficient for our purpose, I engaged several resolute fellows to join
+us, whom I prevailed on the captain to take on board as passengers.
+
+"When we had been about a week out at sea and all our plans were
+completed, we quietly made prisoners of the captain and first mate,
+put them in the jolly boat with provisions to last them for several
+days, and sent them adrift. The cook, with his son, a little boy,
+would have gone with them, but thinking that they might be useful to
+us, we concluded to keep them on board.
+
+"What became of the captain and mate afterwards, we never heard.
+
+"We now put in to port on one of the islands where we knew we could do
+it in safety, and fitted our vessel up for the purpose we intended to
+use her.
+
+"This was soon done, and we commenced operations.
+
+"The game was abundant, and our success far exceeded our most sanguine
+expectations.
+
+"There would be no use undertaking to tell the number of vessels,
+French, English, Spanish and Dutch, that we captured and sunk, or of
+the poor devils we sent to a watery grave.
+
+"But luck which had favored us so long, at last turned against as.
+
+"The different governments became alarmed for the safety of their
+commerce in the seas which we frequented, and several expeditions were
+fitted out for our special benefit.
+
+"For a while we only laughed at all this, for we had escaped so many
+times, that we began to think we were under the protection of old
+Neptune himself. But early one morning the man on the look-out
+reported a sail a short distance to the leeward, which seemed trying
+to get away from us.
+
+"It was a small vessel, or brig, but as the weather was rather hazy,
+her character in other respects he could not make out.
+
+"We thought, however, that it was a small trading vessel, which having
+discovered us, and suspecting our character, was trying to reach port
+before we could overtake her.
+
+"Acting under this impression, we made all sail for her.
+
+"As the strange vessel did not make very great headway, an hour's
+sailing brought as near enough to give us a pretty good view of her,
+yet we could not exactly make out her character, yet we thought that
+she had a rather suspicious look. And still she appeared rather like a
+traveling vessel, though if so, she could not have much cargo on
+board, and as the seemed built for speed, we wondered why she did not
+make better headway.
+
+"But we were not long left in doubt in regard to her real character,
+for all at once her port-holes which had been purposely concealed were
+unmasked, and we received a broadside from her just as we were about
+to send her a messenger from our long tom.
+
+"This broadside, although doing us little other damage, so cut our
+rigging as to render our escape now impossible if such had been our
+intention. So after returning the salute we had received, in as
+handsome a manner as we could, I gave orders to bear down upon the
+enemy's ship, which I was glad to see had been considerably disabled
+by our shot. But as she had greatly the advantage of us in the weight
+of material, our only hope was in boarding her, and fighting it out
+hand to hand on her own deck.
+
+"The rigging of the two vessels was soon so entangled as to make it
+impossible to separate them.
+
+"In spite of all the efforts of the crew of the enemy's vessel to
+oppose us we were soon upon her deck. We found she was a Spanish
+brigantine sent out purposely to capture us.
+
+"Her apparent efforts to get away from us had been only a ruse to draw
+us on, so as to get us into a position from which there could be no
+escape.
+
+"I have been in a good many fights, but never before one like that.
+
+"As we expected no quarter, we gave none. The crew of the Spanish
+vessel rather outnumbered us, but not so greatly as to make the
+contest very unequal. And in our case desperation supplied the place
+of numbers.
+
+"The deck was soon slippery with gore, and there were but few left to
+fight on either side. The captain of the Spanish vessel was one of the
+first killed. Some were shot down, some were hurled over the deck in
+the sea, some had their skulls broken with boarding pikes, and there
+was not a man left alive of the Spanish crew; and of ours, I at first
+thought that I was the only survivor, when the negro cook who had been
+forgotten all the while, came up from the cabin of our brig, bearing
+in his arms his little son, of course unharmed, but nearly frightened
+to death. Strange as it may appear, it is nevertheless true, that with
+the exception of a few slight scratches, I escaped without a wound.
+
+"To my horror I now discovered that both vessels were fast sinking.
+But the cook set me at my ease on that score, by informing me that
+there was one small boat that had not been injured. Into this we
+immediately got, after having secured the small supply of provisions
+and water within our reach, which from the condition the vessels were,
+was very small.
+
+"We had barely got clear of the sinking vessels, when they both went
+down, leaving us alone upon the wide ocean without compass or chart;
+not a sail in sight, and many a long, long league from the nearest
+coast.
+
+"For more than a week we were tossing about on the waves without
+discovering a vessel. At last I saw that our provisions were nearly
+gone. We had been on short allowance from the first. At the rate they
+were going, they would not last more than two days longer. What was to
+be done? Self preservation, they say is the first law of human nature;
+to preserve my own life, I must sacrifice my companions. The moment
+the thought struck me it was acted upon.
+
+"Sam, the black cook, was sitting a straddle the bow of the boat; with
+a push I sent him into the sea. I was going to send his boy after him,
+but the child clung to my legs in terror, and just at that moment a
+sail hove in sight and I changed my purpose.
+
+"Such a groan of horror as the father gave on striking the water I
+never heard before, and trust I shall never hear again."
+
+"At that instant the whole party sprang to their feet as if started by
+a shock of electricity, while most fearful groan resounded through the
+cavern, repeated by a thousand echos, each repetition growing fainter,
+and fainter until seeming to lose itself in the distance.
+
+"That's it, that's it," said the captain, only louder, and if anything
+more horrible.
+
+"But what does all this mean?" he demanded of Lightfoot, who had
+joined the astonished group.
+
+"Don't know," said the woman.
+
+"Where's Black Bill?" next demanded the captain.
+
+"Here I is," said the boy crawling out from a recess in the wall in
+which he slept.
+
+"Was that you, Bill?" demanded his master.
+
+"No; dis is me," innocently replied the darkey.
+
+"Do you know what that noise was?" asked the captain.
+
+"S'pose 'twas de debble comin' after massa," said the boy.
+
+"What do you mean, you wooley-headed imp," said the captain; "don't
+you know that the devil likes his own color best? Away to bed, away,
+you rascal!"
+
+"Well, boys," said Flint, addressing the men and trying to appear very
+indifferent, "we have allowed ourselves to be alarmed by a trifle that
+can be easily enough accounted for.
+
+"These rocks, as you see, are full of cracks and crevices; there may
+be other caverns under, or about as, for all we know. The wind
+entering these, has no doubt caused the noise we have beard, and which
+to our imaginations, somewhat heated by the liquor we have been
+drinking, has converted into the terrible groan which has so startled
+us, and now that we know what it is, I may as well finish my story.
+
+"As I was saying, a sail hove in sight. It was a vessel bound to this
+port. I and the boy were taken on board and arrived here in safety.
+
+"This boy, whether from love or fear, I can hardly say, has clung to
+me ever since.
+
+"I have tried to shake him off several times, but it was no use, he
+always returns.
+
+"The first business I engaged in on arriving here, was to trade with
+the Indians; when having discovered this cave, it struck me that it
+would make a fine storehouse for persons engaged in our line of
+business. Acting upon this hint, I fitted it up as you see.
+
+"With a few gold pieces which I had secured in my belt I bought our
+little schooner. From that time to the present, my history it as well
+known to you as to myself. And now my long yarn is finished, let us go
+on with our sport."
+
+But to recall the hilarity of spirits with which the entertainment had
+commenced, was no easy matter.
+
+Whether the captain's explanation of the strange noise was
+satisfactory to himself or not, it was by no means so to the men.
+
+Every attempt at singing, or story telling failed. The only thing that
+seemed to meet with any favor was the hot punch, and this for the most
+part, was drank in silence.
+
+After a while they slunk away from the table one by one, and fell
+asleep in some remote corner of the cave, or rolled over where they
+sat, and were soon oblivious to everything around them.
+
+The only wakeful one among them was the captain himself, who had drank
+but little.
+
+He sat by the table alone. He started up! Could he have dozed and been
+dreaming? but surely he heard that groan again!
+
+In a more suppressed voice than before, and not repeated so many
+times, but the same horrid groan; he could not be mistaken, he had
+never heard anything else like it. The matter must be looked into.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+
+Although it was nearly true, as Captain Flint had told his men, that
+they were about as well acquainted with his history since he landed in
+this country as he was himself, such is not the case with the reader.
+And in order that he may be as well informed in this matter as they
+were, we shall now endeavor to fill up the gap in the narrative.
+
+To the crew of the vessel who had rescued him and saved his life,
+Captain Flint had represented himself as being one of the hands of a
+ship which had been wrecked at sea, and from which the only ones who
+had escaped, were himself and two negros, one of whom was the father
+of the boy who had been found with him. The father of the boy had
+fallen overboard, and been drowned just before the vessel hove in
+sight.
+
+This story, which seemed plausible enough, was believed by the men
+into whose hands they had fallen, and Flint and the negro, received
+every attention which their forlorn condition required. And upon
+arriving in port, charitable people exerted themselves in the
+captain's behalf, procuring him employment, and otherwise enabling him
+to procure an honest livelihood, should he so incline.
+
+But honesty was not one of the captain's virtues.
+
+He had not been long in the country before he determined to try his
+fortune among the Indians.
+
+He adopted this course partly because he saw in it a way of making
+money more rapidly than in any other, and partly because it opened to
+him a new field of wild adventure.
+
+Having made the acquaintance of some of the Indians who were in the
+habit of coming to the city occasionally for the purpose of trading,
+he accompanied them to their home in the wilderness, and having
+previously made arrangements with merchants in the city, among others
+Carl Rosenthrall, to purchase or dispose of his furs, he was soon
+driving a thriving business. In a little while he became very popular
+with the savages, joined one of the tribes and was made a chief.
+
+This state of things however, did not last long. The other chiefs
+became jealous of his influence, and incited the minds of many of the
+people against him.
+
+They said he cheated them in his dealings, that his attachment to the
+red men was all pretence. That he was a paleface at heart, carrying on
+trade with the palefaces to the injury of the Indians. Killing them
+with his fire water which they gave them for their furs.
+
+In all this there was no little truth, but Flint, confident of his
+power over his new friends, paid no attention to it.
+
+A crisis came at last.
+
+One of the chiefs who had been made drunk by whiskey which he had
+received from Flint in exchange for a lot of beaver skins, accused the
+latter of cheating him; called him a paleface thief who had joined the
+Indians only for the purpose of cheating them.
+
+Flint forgetting his usual caution took the unruly savage by the
+shoulders and thrust him out of the lodge.
+
+In a few moments the enraged Indian returned accompanied by another,
+when the two attacked the white man with knives and tomahawks.
+
+Flint saw no way but to defend himself single-handed as he was,
+against two infuriated savages, and to do to if possible without
+killing either.
+
+This he soon discovered was impossible. The only weapon he had at
+command was a hunting knife, and he had two strong men to contend
+against. Fortunately for him, one of them was intoxicated.
+
+As it was, the savage who had begun the quarrel, was killed, and the
+other so badly wounded that he died a few hours afterwards.
+
+The enmity of the whole tribe was now aroused against Flint, by the
+unfortunate termination of this affair.
+
+It availed him nothing to contend that he had killed the two in self
+defence, and that they begun the quarrel.
+
+He was a white man, and had killed two Indians, and that was enough.
+
+Besides, how did they know whether he told the truth or not?
+
+He was a paleface, and palefaces had crooked tongues, and their words
+could not be depended upon. Besides their brethren were dead, and
+could not speak for themselves.
+
+Finally it was decided in the grand council of the tribe that he
+should suffer death, and although they called him a paleface, as he
+had joined the tribe he should be treated as an Indian, and suffer
+death by torture in order that he might have an opportunity of showing
+how he could endure the most horrible torment without complaining.
+
+The case of Flint now seemed to be a desperate one. He was bound hand
+and foot, and escape seemed out of the question.
+
+Relief came from a quarter he did not anticipate.
+
+The place where this took place was not on the borders of the great
+lakes where the tribe to which Flint had attached himself belonged,
+but on the shores of the Hudson river a few miles above the Highlands,
+where a portion of the tribe had stopped to rest for a few days, while
+on their way to New York, where they were going for the purpose of
+trading.
+
+It happened that there was among them a woman who had originally
+belonged to one of the tribes inhabiting this part of the country, but
+who while young, had been taken prisoner in some one of the wars that
+were always going on among the savages. She was carried away by her
+captors, and finally adopted into their tribe.
+
+To this woman Flint had shown some kindness, and had at several times
+made her presents of trinkets and trifles such as he knew would
+gratify an uncultivated taste. And which cost him little or nothing.
+He little thought when making these trifling presents the service he
+was doing himself.
+
+Late in the night preceding the day on which he was to have been
+executed, this woman came into the tent where he lay bound, and cut
+the thongs with which he was tied, and telling him in a whisper to
+follow her, she led the way out.
+
+With stealthy and cautious steps they made their way through the
+encampment, but when clear of this, they traveled as rapidly as the
+darkness of the night and the nature of the ground would admit of.
+
+All night, and a portion of the next day they continued their journey.
+The rapidity with which she traveled, and her unhesitating manner,
+soon convinced Flint that she was familiar with the country.
+
+Upon reaching Butterhill, or Mount Tecomthe, she led the way to the
+cave which we have already described.
+
+After resting for a few moments in the first chamber, the Indian
+woman, who we may as well inform the reader was none other than our
+friend Lightfoot, showed Flint the secret door and the entrance to the
+grand chamber, which after lighting a torch made of pitch-pine, they
+entered.
+
+"Here we are safe," said Lightfoot; "Indians no find us here."
+
+The moment Flint entered this cavern it struck him as being a fine
+retreat for a band of pirates or smugglers, and for this purpose he
+determined to make use of it.
+
+Lightfoot's knowledge of this cave was owing to the fact, that she
+belonged to a tribe to whom alone the secrets of the place were known.
+It was a tribe that had inhabited that part of the country for
+centuries. But war and privation had so reduced them, that there was
+but a small remnant of them left, and strangers now occupied their
+hunting grounds.
+
+The Indians in the neighborhood knew of the existence of the cave, but
+had never penetrated farther than the first chamber, knowing nothing
+of the concealed entrance which led to the other. Having as they said,
+seen Indians enter it who never came out again, and who although
+followed almost immediately could not be found there, they began to
+hold it in a kind of awe, calling it the mystery or medicine cave, and
+saying that it was under the guardianship of spirits.
+
+Although the remnants of the once powerful tribe to whom this cave had
+belonged, were now scattered over the country, there existed between
+them a sort of masonry by which the different members could recognise
+each other whenever they met.
+
+Fire Cloud, the Indian chief, who has already been introduced to the
+reader, was one of this tribe.
+
+Although the existence of the cave was known to the members of the
+tribe generally, the whole of its secrets were known to the medicine
+men, or priests only.
+
+In fact it might be considered the grand temple where they performed
+the mystic rites and ceremonies by which they imposed upon the people,
+and held them in subjection.
+
+Flint immediately set about fitting up the place for the purpose which
+he intended it.
+
+To the few white trappers who now and then visited the district, the
+existence of the cave was entirely unknown, and even the few Indians
+who hunted and fished in the neighborhood, were acquainted only with
+the outer cave as before stated.
+
+When Flint was fully satisfied that all danger from pursuit was over,
+he set out for the purpose of going to the city in order to perfect
+the arrangements for carrying out the project he had in view.
+
+On passing out, the first object that met his view was his faithful
+follower Black Bill, siting at the entrance.
+
+"How the devil did you get here!" was his first exclamation.
+
+"Follered de Ingins what was a comin' arter massa," replied the boy.
+
+Bill had followed his master into the wilderness, always like a body
+servant keeping near his person when not prevented by the Indians,
+which was the case while his master was a prisoner.
+
+When the escape of Flint was discovered, he was free from restraint,
+and he, unknown to the party who had gone in pursuit, had followed
+them.
+
+From the negro, Flint learned that the Indians had tracked him to the
+cave, but not finding him there, and not being able to trace him any
+further, they had given up the pursuit.
+
+Flint thinking that the boy might be of service to him in the business
+he was about to enter upon, took him into the cave and put him in
+charge of Lightfoot.
+
+On reaching the city, Flint purchased the schooner of which he was in
+command when first introduced to the reader.
+
+It is said that, "birds of a feather flock together," and Flint having
+no difficulty gathering about him a number of kindred spirits, was
+soon in a condition to enter upon the profession as he called it, most
+congenial to his taste and habits.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+When the crew of the schooner woke up on the morning following the
+night in which we have described in a previous chapter, they were by
+no means the reckless, dare-devil looking men they were when they
+entered the cave on the previous evening.
+
+For besides the usual effects produced on such characters by a night's
+debauch, their countenances wore the haggard suspicious look of men
+who felt judgment was hanging over them; that they were in the hands
+of some mysterious power beyond their control. Some power from which
+they could not escape, and which sooner or later, would mete out to
+them the punishment they felt that they deserved.
+
+They had all had troubled dreams, and several of them declared that
+they had heard that terrible groan during the night repeated if
+possible, in a more horrible manner than before.
+
+To others the ghosts of the men they had lately murdered, appeared
+menacing them with fearful retribution.
+
+As the day advanced, and they had to some extent recovered their
+spirits by the aid of their favorite stimulants, they attempted to
+laugh the matter off as a mere bugbear created by an imagination over
+heated by too great an indulgence in strong drink.
+
+Although this opinion was not shared by Captain Flint, who had
+carefully abstained from over-indulgence, for reasons of his own, he
+encouraged it in his men.
+
+But even they, while considering it necessary to remain quiet for a
+few days, to see whether or not, any harm should result to them, in
+consequence of their late attack on the merchant ship, none of them
+showed a disposition to pass another night in the cave.
+
+Captain Flint made no objection to his men remaining outside on the
+following night, as it would give him the opportunity to investigate
+the matter, which he desired.
+
+On the next night, when there was no one in the cavern but himself and
+the two who usually occupied it, he called Lightfoot to him, and asked
+her if she had ever heard any strange noises in the place before.
+
+"Sometime heard de voices of the Indian braves dat gone to the spirit
+land," said the woman.
+
+"Did you ever hear anything like the groan we heard last night?"
+
+"Neber," said Lightfoot.
+
+"What do you think it was?" asked the captain.
+
+"Tink him de voice ob the great bad spirit," was the reply.
+
+Captain Flint, finding that he was not likely to learn anything in
+this quarter that would unravel the mystery, now called the negro.
+
+"Bill," he said, "did you ever hear that noise before?"
+
+"Ony once, massa."
+
+"When was that, Bill?"
+
+"When you trow my--"
+
+"Hold your tongue, you black scoundrel, or I'll break every bone in
+your body!" roared his master, cutting off the boy's sentence in the
+middle.
+
+The boy was going to say:
+
+"When you trow'd my fadder into the sea."
+
+The captain now examined every portion of the cavern, to see if he
+could discover anything that could account for the production of the
+strange sound.
+
+In every part he tried his voice, to see if he could produce those
+remarkable echoes, which had so startled him, on the previous night,
+but without success.
+
+The walls, in various parts of the cavern, gave back echoes, but
+nothing like those of the previous night.
+
+There were two recesses in opposite sides of the cave. The larger one
+of these was occupied by Lightfoot as a sleeping apartment. The other,
+which was much smaller, Black Bill made use of for the same purpose.
+
+From these two recesses, the captain had everything removed, in order
+that he might subject them to a careful examination.
+
+But with no better success than before.
+
+He tried his voice here, as in other parts of the cavern, but the
+walls gave back no unusual echoes.
+
+He was completely baffled, and, placing his lamp on the table, he sat
+down on one of the seats, to meditate on what course next to pursue.
+
+Lightfoot and Bill soon after, at his request, retired.
+
+He had been seated, he could not tell how long, with his head resting
+on his hands, when he was aroused by a yell more fearful, if possible,
+even than the groan that had so alarmed him on the previous night.
+
+The yell was repeated in the same horrible and mysterious manner that
+the groan had been.
+
+Flint sprang to his feet while the echoes were still ringing in his
+ears, and rushed to the sleeping apartment, first, to that of the
+Indian woman, and then, to that of the negro.
+
+They both seemed to be sound asleep, to all appearance, utterly
+unconscious of the fearful racket that was going on around them.
+
+Captain Flint, more perplexed and bewildered than ever, resumed his
+seat by the table; but not to sleep again that night, though the
+fearful yell was not repeated.
+
+The captain prided himself on being perfectly free from all
+superstition.
+
+He held in contempt the stories of ghosts of murdered men coming back
+to torment their murderers.
+
+In fact, he was very much inclined to disbelieve in any hereafter at
+all, taking it to be only an invention of cunning priests, for the
+purpose of extorting money out of their silly dupes. But here was
+something, which, if not explained away, would go far to stagger his
+disbelief.
+
+He was glad that the last exhibition had only been witnessed by
+himself, and that the men for the present preferred passing their
+nights outside; for, as he learned from Lightfoot, the noises were
+only during the night time.
+
+This would enable him to continue his investigation without any
+interference on the part of the crew, whom he wished to keep in utter
+ignorance of what he was doing, until he had perfectly unraveled the
+mystery.
+
+For this purpose, he gave Lightfoot and Black Bill strict charges not
+to inform the men of what had taken place during the night.
+
+He was determined to pass the principal portion of the day in sleep,
+so as to be wide awake when the time should come for him to resume his
+investigations.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+On the day after the first scene in the cave, late in the afternoon,
+three men sat on the deck of the schooner, as she lay in the shadow of
+forest covered mountain.
+
+These were Jones Bradley, Old Ropes, and the man who went by the name
+of the Parson. They were discussing the occurrences of the previous
+night.
+
+"I'm very much of the captains opinion," said the Parson, "that the
+noises are caused by the wind rushing through the chinks and crevices
+of the rocks."
+
+"Yes; but, then, there wan't no wind to speak of, and how is the wind
+to make that horrible groan, s'pose it did blow a hurricane?" said
+Jones Bradley.
+
+"Just so," said Old Ropes; "that notion about the wind makin' such a
+noise at that, is all bosh. My opinion is, that it was the voice of a
+spirit. I know that the captain laughs at all such things, but all his
+laughin' don't amount to much with one that's seen spirits."
+
+"What! you don't mean to say that you ever actually see a live ghost?"
+asked the Parson.
+
+"That's jist what I do mean to say," replied Old Ropes.
+
+"Hadn't you been takin' a leetle too much, or wasn't the liquor too
+strong?" said the Parson.
+
+"Well, you may make as much fun about it as you please," said Old
+Ropes; "but I tell you, that was the voice of a spirit, and, what's
+more, I believe it's either the spirit of some one that's been
+murdered in that cave, by some gang that's held it before, and buried
+the body over the treasure they've stowed away there, or else the
+ghost of some one's that's had foul play from the captain."
+
+"Well," said the Parson, "if I thought there was any treasure there
+worth lookin' after, all the ghosts you could scare up wouldn't hinder
+me from trying to get at it."
+
+"But, no matter about that; you say you see a live ghost once. Let's
+hear about that."
+
+"I suppose," said Old Ropes, "that there aint no satisfaction in a
+feller's tellin' of things that aint no credit to him; but,
+howsomever, I might as well tell this, as, after all, it's only in the
+line of our business.
+
+"You must know, then, that some five years ago, I shipped on board a
+brig engaged in the same business that our craft is.
+
+"I needn't tell you of all the battles we were in, and all the prizes
+we made; but the richest prize that ever come in our way, was a
+Spanish vessel coming from Mexico, With a large amount of gold and
+silver on board.
+
+"We attacked the ship, expecting to make an easy prize of her, but we
+were disappointed.
+
+"The Spaniards showed fight, and gave us a tarnal sight of trouble.
+Several of our best men were killed.
+
+"This made our captain terrible wrothy. He swore that every soul that
+remained alive on the captured vessel should be put to death.
+
+"Now, it so happened that the wife and child (an infant,) of the
+captain of the Spanish vessel, were on board. When the others had all
+been disposed of, the men plead for the lives of these two. But our
+captain would not listen to it; but he would let us cast lots to see
+which of us would perform the unpleasant office.
+
+"As bad luck would have it, the lot fell upon me. There was no
+shirking it.
+
+"It must be done; so, the plank was got ready. She took the baby in
+her arms, stepped upon the plank, as I ordered her, and the next
+moment, she, with the child in her arms, sank to rise no more; but the
+look she gave me, as she went down, I shall never forget.
+
+"It haunts me yet, and many and many is the time that Spanish woman,
+with the child in her arms, has appeared to me, fixing upon me the
+same look that she gave me, as she sank in the sea.
+
+"Luck left us from that time; we never took a prize afterwards.
+
+"Our Vessel was captured by a Spanish cruiser soon afterwards. I, with
+one other, succeeded in making our escape.
+
+"The captain, and all the rest, who were not killed in the battle,
+were strung out on the yard-arm."
+
+"Does the ghost never speak to you?" asked the Parson.
+
+"Never," replied Old Ropes.
+
+"I suppose that's because she's a Spaniard, and thinks you don't
+understand her language," remarked the Parson, sneeringly. "I wonder
+why this ghost of the cave don't show himself, and not try to frighten
+us with his horrible boo-wooing."
+
+"Well, you may make as much fun as you please," replied Old Ropes;
+"but, mark my words for it, if the captain don't pay attention to the
+warning he has had, that ghost will show himself in a way that won't
+be agreeable to any of us."
+
+"If he takes my advice, he'll leave the cave, and take up his quarters
+somewhere else."
+
+"What! you don't mean to say you're afraid!" quietly remarked the
+Parson.
+
+"Put an enemy before me in the shape of flesh and blood, and I'll show
+you whether I'm afeard, or not," said Old Ropes; "but this fighting
+with dead men's another affair. The odds is all agin you. Lead and
+steel wont reach 'em, and the very sight on 'em takes the pluck out of
+a man, whether he will or no.
+
+"An enemy of real flesh and blood, when he does kill you, stabs you or
+shoots you down at once, and there's an end of it; but, these ghosts
+have a way of killing you by inches, without giving a fellow a chance
+to pay them back anything in return."
+
+"It's pretty clear, anway, that they're a 'tarnal set of cowards,"
+remarked the Parson.
+
+"The biggest coward's the bravest men, when there's no danger,"
+retorted Old Ropes.
+
+To this, the Parson made no reply, thinking, probably, that he had
+carried the joke far enough, and not wishing to provoke a quarrel with
+his companion.
+
+"As to the affair of the cave," said Jones Bradley; "I think very much
+as Old Ropes does about it. I'm opposed to troubling the dead, and I
+believe there's them buried there that don't want to be disturbed by
+us, and if we don't mind the warning they give us, still the worse for
+us."
+
+"The captain don't seem to be very much alarmed about it," said the
+Parson; "for he stays in the cave. And, then, there's the Indian woman
+and the darkey; the ghost don't seem to trouble them much."
+
+"I'll say this for Captain Flint," remarked Old Ropes, "if ever I
+knowed a man that feared neither man nor devil, that man is Captain
+Flint; but his time'll come yet."
+
+"You don't mean to say you see breakers ahead, do you?" asked the
+Parson.
+
+"Not in the way of our business, I don't mean," said Ropes; "but, I've
+had a pretty long experience in this profession, and have seen the
+finishing up of a good many of my shipmates; and I never know'd one
+that had long experience, that would not tell you that he had been put
+more in fear by the dead than ever he had by the living."
+
+"We all seem to be put in low spirits by this afternoon," said the
+Parson; "s'pose we go below, and take a little something to cheer us
+up."
+
+To this the others assented, and all three went below.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+All Captain Flint's efforts to unravel the mysteries of the cave were
+unsuccessful; and he was reluctantly obliged to give up the attempt,
+at least for the present; but, in order to quiet the minds of the
+crew, he told them that he had discovered the cause, and that it was
+just what he had supposed it to be.
+
+As everything remained quiet in the cave for a long time after this,
+and the minds of the men were occupied with more important matters,
+the excitement caused by it wore off; and, in a while, the affair
+seemed to be almost forgotten.
+
+And here we may as well go back a little in our narrative, and restore
+the chain where it was broken off a few chapters back.
+
+When Captain Flint had purchased the schooner which he commanded, it
+was with the professed object of using her as a vessel to trade with
+the Indians up the rivers, and along the shore, and with the various
+seaports upon the coast.
+
+To this trade it is true, he did to some extent apply himself, but
+only so far as it might serve as a cloak to his secret and more
+dishonorable and dishonest practices.
+
+Had Flint been disposed to confine himself to the calling he pretended
+to follow, he might have made a handsome fortune in a short time, but
+that would not have suited the corrupt and desperate character of the
+man.
+
+He was like one of those wild animals which having once tasted blood,
+have ever afterward an insatiable craving for it.
+
+It soon became known to a few of the merchants in the city, among the
+rest Carl Rosenthrall, that Captain Flint had added to his regular
+business, that of smuggling.
+
+This knowledge, however, being confined to those who shared the
+profits with him, was not likely to be used to his disadvantage.
+
+After a while the whole country was put into a state of alarm by the
+report that a desperate pirate had appeared on the coast.
+
+Several vessels which had been expected to arrive with rich cargoes
+had not made their appearance, although the time for their arrival had
+long passed. There was every reason to fear that they had been
+captured by this desperate stranger who had sunk them, killing all on
+board.
+
+The captain of some vessels which had arrived in safety reported
+having been followed by a suspicious looking craft.
+
+They said she was a schooner about the size of one commanded by
+Captain Flint, but rather longer, having higher masts and carrying
+more sail.
+
+No one appeared to be more excited on the subject of the pirate, than
+Captain Flint. He declared that he had seen the mysterious vessel, had
+been chased by her, and had only escaped by his superior sailing.
+
+Several vessels had been fitted out expressly for the purpose of
+capturing this daring stranger, but all to no purpose; nothing could
+be seen of her.
+
+For a long time she would seem to absent herself from the coast, and
+vessels would come and go in safety. Then all of a sudden, she would
+appear again and several vessels would be missing, and never heard
+from more.
+
+The last occurrence of this kind is the one which we have already
+given an account of the capturing and sinking of the vessel in which
+young Billings had taken passage for Europe.
+
+We have already seen how Hellena Rosenthrall's having accidentally
+discovered her lover's ring on the finger of Captain Flint, had
+excited suspicions of the merchant's daughter, and what happened to
+her in consequence.
+
+Captain Flint having made it the interest of Rosenthrall to keep his
+suspicions to himself if he still adhered to them, endeavored to
+convince him that his daughter was mistaken, and that the ring however
+much it might resemble the one belonging to her lover, was one which
+had been given to him by his own mother at her death, and had been
+worn by her as long as he could remember.
+
+This explanation satisfied, or seemed to satisfy the merchant, and the
+two men appeared to be as good friends as ever again.
+
+The sudden and strange disappearance of the daughter of a person of so
+much consequence as Carl Rosenthrall, would cause no little excitement
+in a place no larger than New York was at the time of which we write.
+
+Most of the people agreed in the opinion with the merchant that the
+girl had been carried off by the Indian Fire Cloud, in order to avenge
+himself for the insult he had received years before. As we have seen,
+Captain Flint encouraged this opinion, and promised that in an
+expedition he was about fitting out for the Indian country, he would
+make the recovery of the young woman one of his special objects.
+
+Flint knew all the while where Fire Cloud was to be found, and fearing
+that he might come to the city ignorant as he was of the suspicion he
+was laboring under, and thereby expose the double game he was playing,
+he determined to visit the Indian in secret, under pretence of putting
+him on his guard, but in reality for the purpose of saving himself.
+
+He sought out the old chief accordingly, and warned him of his danger.
+
+Fire Cloud was greatly enraged to think that he should be suspected
+carrying off the young woman.
+
+"He hated her father," he said, "for he was a cheat, and had a crooked
+tongue. But the paleface maiden was his friend, and for her sake he
+would find her if she was among his people, and would restore her to
+her friends."
+
+"If you enter the city of the palefaces, they will hang you up like a
+dog without listening to anything you have to say in your defence,"
+said Flint.
+
+"The next time Fire Cloud enters the city of the palefaces, the maiden
+shall accompany him," replied the Indian.
+
+This was the sort of an answer that Flint wished, and expected, and he
+now saw that there was no danger to be apprehended from that quarter.
+
+But if Captain Flint felt himself relieved from danger in this
+quarter, things looked rather squally in another. If he knew how to
+disguise his vessel by putting on a false bow so as to make her look
+longer, and lengthen the masts so as to make her carry more sail, he
+was not the only one who understood these tricks. And one old sailor
+whose bark had been chased by the strange schooner, declared that she
+very much resembled Captain Flint's schooner disguised in this way.
+
+And then it was observed that the strange craft was never seen when
+the captain's vessel was lying in port, or when she was known to be up
+the river where he was trading among the Indians.
+
+Another suspicious circumstance was, that shortly after the strange
+disappearance of a merchant vessel, Flint's schooner came into port
+with her rigging considerably damaged, as if she had suffered from
+some unusual cause. Flint accounted for it by saying that he had been
+fired into by the pirate, and had just escaped with the skin of his
+teeth.
+
+These suspicions were at first spoken cautiously, and in whispers
+only, by a very few.
+
+They came to the ears of Flint himself at last, who seeing the danger
+immediately set about taking measures to counteract it by meeting and
+repelling, what he pretended to consider base slanders invented by his
+enemies for the purpose of effecting his ruin.
+
+He threatened to prosecute the slanderers, and if they wished to see
+how much of a pirate he was, let them fit out a vessel such as he
+would describe, arm her, and man her according to his directions, give
+him command of her, and if he didn't bring that blasted pirate into
+port he'd never return to it himself. He'd like no better fun than to
+meet her on equal terms, in an open sea.
+
+This bragadocia had the desired effect for awhile; besides, although
+it could hardly be said that Flint had any real friends, yet there
+were so many influential men who were concerned with him in some of
+his contraband transactions. These dreaded the exposure to themselves,
+should Flint's real character be discovered, which caused them to
+answer for him in the place of friends.
+
+These men would no doubt be the first to crush him, could they only do
+so without involving themselves in his ruin.
+
+But all this helped to convince Flint that his time in this part of
+the country was pretty near up, and if he meant to continue in his
+present line of business, he must look out for some new field of
+operations.
+
+More than ever satisfied on this point, Captain Flint anxiously
+awaited the arrival of the vessel, the capture of which was to be the
+finishing stroke of his operations in this part of the world.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+
+When Captain Flint had decided to take possession of the cavern, and
+fit it up as a place of retreat and concealment for himself and his
+gang, he saw the necessity of having some one whom he could trust to
+take charge of the place in his absence. A moment's reflection
+satisfied him there was no one who would be more likely to serve him
+in this capacity than the Indian woman who had rescued him from the
+fearful fate he had just escaped.
+
+Lightfoot, who in her simplicity, looked upon him as a great chief,
+was flattered by the proposal which he made her, and immediately took
+charge of the establishment, and Captain Flint soon found that he had
+no reason to repent the choice he had made, so far as fidelity to his
+interests was concerned.
+
+For a while at first he treated her with as much kindness as it was in
+the nature of such as he to treat any one.
+
+He may possibly have felt some gratitude for the service she had
+rendered him, but it was self-interest more than any other feeling
+that caused him to do all in his power to gain a controling influence
+over her.
+
+He loaded her with presents of a character suited to her uncultivated
+taste.
+
+Her person fairly glittered with beads, and jewelry of the most gaudy
+character, while of shawls and blankets of the most glaring colors,
+she had more than she knew what to do with.
+
+This course he pursued until he fancied he had completely won her
+affection, and he could safely show himself in his true character
+without the risk of loosing his influence over her.
+
+His manner to her now changed, and he commenced treating her more as a
+slave than an equal, or one to whom he felt himself under obligations.
+
+It is true he would now and then treat her as formerly, and would
+occasionally make her rich presents, but it would be done in the way
+that the master would bestow a favor on a servant.
+
+Lightfoot bore this unkind treatment for some time without resenting
+it, or appearing to notice it. Thinking perhaps that it was only a
+freak of ill-humor that would last but for a short time, and then the
+great chiefs attachment would return.
+
+Flint fancied that he had won the heart of the Indian woman, and
+acting on the presumption that "love is blind," he thought that he
+could do as he pleased without loosing hold on her affections.
+
+In this he had deceived himself. He had only captured the woman's
+fancy. He had not won her heart.
+
+So that when Lightfoot found this altered manner of the captain's
+towards her was not caused by a mere freak of humor, but was only his
+true character showing itself, her fondness for him, if fondness it
+could be called, began to cool.
+
+Things had come to this pass, when Hellena Rosenthrall was brought
+into the cave.
+
+The first thought of Lightfoot was that she had now discovered the
+cause of the captain's change of manner towards her. He had found
+another object on which to lavish his favors and here was her rival.
+And she was to be the servant, the slave of this new favorite.
+
+Flint, in leaving Hellena in charge of Lightfoot, gave strict charges
+that she should be treated with every attention, but that she should
+by no means be allowed to leave the cave.
+
+The manner of Lightfoot to Hellena, was at first sullen: and reserved,
+and although she paid her all the attention that Hellena required of
+her, she went no further.
+
+But after awhile, noticing the sad countenance of her paleface sister,
+and that her face was frequently bathed in tears, her heart softened
+toward her, and she ventured to ask the cause of her sorrow. And when
+she had heard Hellena's story, her feelings towards her underwent an
+entire change.
+
+From this time forward the two women were firm friends, and Lightfoot
+pledged herself to do all in her power to restore her to her friends.
+
+Her attachment to Captain Flint was still too strong, however, to make
+her take any measures to effect that object, until she could do so
+without endangering his safety.
+
+But Lightfoot was not the only friend that Hellena had secured since
+her capture. She had made another, and if possible a firmer one, in
+the person of Black Bill.
+
+From the moment Hellena entered the cavern, Bill seemed to be
+perfectly fascinated by her. Had she been an angel just from heaven,
+his admiration for her could hardly have been greater. He could not
+keep his eyes off of her. He followed her as she moved about, though
+generally at a respectful distance, and nothing delighted him so much,
+as to be allowed to wait upon her and perform for her such little acts
+of kindness as lay within his power.
+
+While Hellena was relating the story of her wrongs to Lightfoot, Black
+Bill sat at a little distance off an attentive listener to the
+narrative. When it was finished, and Hellena's eyes were filled with
+tears, the darkey sprang up saying in an encouraging tone of voice:
+
+"Don't cry, don't cry misses, de debble's comin arter massa Flint
+berry soon, he tell me so hisself; den Black Bill take care ob de
+white angel."
+
+This sudden and earnest outburst of feeling and kindness from the
+negro, expressed as it was in such a strange manner, brought a smile
+to the face of the maiden, notwithstanding the affliction which was
+crushing her to the earth.
+
+"Why Bill," said Hellena, "you don't mean to say you ever saw the
+devil here, do you?"
+
+"Never seed him, but heer'd him doe, sometimes," replied Bill.
+
+Now, Hellena, although a sensible girl in her way, was by no means
+free from the superstition of the times. She believed in ghosts, and
+witches, and fairies, and all that, and it was with a look of
+considerable alarm that she turned to the Indian woman, saying:
+
+"I hope there ain't any evil spirits in this cave, Lightfoot."
+
+"No spirits here dat will hurt White Rose (the name she had given to
+Hellena) or Lightfoot," said the Indian woman.
+
+"But the place is haunted, though!" said Hellena.
+
+"The spirits of the great Indian braves who have gone to the land of
+spirits come back here sometimes."
+
+"Do you ever see them?" asked the girl, her alarm increasing.
+
+"Neber see dem, but hear dem sometime," replied Lightfoot.
+
+"Do they not frighten you?" asked Hellena.
+
+"Why should I be afraid?" said Lightfoot, "are they not my friends?"
+
+Lightfoot perceiving that Hellena's curiosity, as well as her fears
+were excited; now in order to gratify the one, and to allay the other,
+commenced relating to her some of the Indian traditions in relation to
+the cavern.
+
+The substance of her narrative was as follows:
+
+She said that a great while ago, long, long before the palefaces had
+put foot upon this continent, the shores of this river, and the land
+for a great distance to the east and to the west, was inhabited by a
+great nation. No other nation could compare with them in number, or in
+the bravery of their warriors. Every other nation that was rash enough
+to contend with them was sure to be brought into subjection, if not
+utterly destroyed.
+
+Their chiefs were as much renowned for wisdom, and eloquence as for
+bravery. And they were as just, as they were wise and brave.
+
+Many of the weaker tribes sought their protection, for they delighted
+as much in sheltering the oppressed as in punishing the oppressor.
+
+Thus, for many long generations, they prospered until the whole land
+was overshadowed by their greatness.
+
+And all this greatness, and all this power, their wise men said, was
+because they listened to the voice of the Great Spirit as spoken to
+them in this cave.
+
+Four times during the year, at the full of the moon the principal
+chiefs and medicine men, would assemble here, when the Great Spirit
+would speak to them, and through them to the people.
+
+As long as this people listened to the voice of the Great Spirit,
+every thing went well with them.
+
+But at last there arose among them a great chief; a warrior, who said
+he would conquer the whole world, and bring all people under his rule.
+
+The priests and the wise men warned him of his folly, and told him
+that they had consulted the Great Spirit, and he had told them that if
+he persisted in his folly he would bring utter ruin upon his people.
+But the great chief only laughed at them, and called them fools, and
+told them the warnings which they gave him, were not from the Great
+Spirit, but were only inventions of their own, made up for the purpose
+of frightening him.
+
+And so he persisted in his own headstrong course, and as he was a
+great brave, and had won many great battles, very many listened to
+him, and he raised a mighty army, and carried the war into the country
+of all the neighbouring nations, that were dwelling in peace with his
+own, and he brought home with him the spoils of many people. And then
+he laughed at the priests and wise men once more, and said, go into
+the magic cave again, and let us hear what the Great Spirit has to
+say.
+
+And they went into the cave, as he had directed them. But they came
+out sorrowing, and said that the Great Spirit had told them that he,
+and his army should be utterly destroyed, and the whole nation
+scattered to the four winds.
+
+And again he laughed at them, and called them fool, and deceivers.
+
+And he collected another great army, and went to war again. But by
+this time the other nations, seeing the danger they were in, united
+against him as a common enemy.
+
+He was overthrown, killed, and his army entirely cut to pieces.
+
+The conquering army now entered this country, and laid it waste, as
+theirs had been laid waste before.
+
+And the war was carried on for many years, until the prophesy was
+fulfilled that had been spoken by the Great Spirit, and the people of
+this once mighty nation were scattered to the four winds.
+
+This people as a great nation are known no longer, but a remnant still
+remains scattered among the other tribes. Occasionally some of them
+visit this cave, to whom alone its mysteries are known, or were,
+Lightfoot said, until she had brought Captain Flint there in order to
+escape their pursuers.
+
+"Is the voice of the Great Spirit ever heard here now?" enquired
+Hellena.
+
+Lightfoot said the voice of the Great Spirit had never been heard
+there since the destruction of his favorite nation, but that the
+spirits of the braves as he had said before, did sometimes come back
+from the spirit-land to speak comfort to the small remnant of the
+friends who still remained upon the earth. To those she belonged.
+
+This narrative of the Indian woman somewhat satisfied the curiosity of
+Hellena, but it did not quiet her fears, and to be imprisoned in a
+dreary cavern haunted by spirits, for aught she knew, demons, was to
+her imagination, about as terrible a situation as she could possibly
+be placed in.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+
+When there were none of the pirates in the cave, it was the custom of
+Lightfoot, and Hellena to spread their couch in the body of the
+cavern, and there pass the night. Such was the case on the night
+following the day on which Lightfoot had related to Hellena the sad
+history of her people.
+
+It is hardly to be expected that the young girl's sleep would be very
+sound that night, with her imagination filled with visions, hob
+goblins of every form, size, and color.
+
+During the most of the forepart of the night she lay awake thinking
+over the strange things she had heard concerning the cave, and
+expecting every moment to see some horrible monster make its
+appearance in the shape of an enormous Indian in his war paint, and
+his hands reeking with blood.
+
+After a while she fell into a doze in which she had a horrid dream,
+where all the things she had been thinking of appeared and took form,
+but assuming shapes ten times more horrible than any her waking
+imagination could possibly have created.
+
+It was past midnight. She had started from one of these horrid dreams,
+and afraid to go to sleep again, lay quietly gazing around the cavern
+on the ever varying reflections cast by the myriads of crystals that
+glittered upon the wall and ceiling.
+
+Although there were in some portions of the cavern walls chinks or
+crevices which let in air, and during some portion of the day a few
+straggling sunbeams, it was found necessary even during the day to
+keep a lamp constantly burning. And the one standing on the table in
+the centre of the cave was never allowed to go out.
+
+As we have said, Hellena lay awake gazing about her.
+
+A perfect stillness reigned in the cave, broken only by the rather
+heavy breathing of the Indian woman who slept soundly.
+
+Suddenly she heard, or thought she heard a slight grating noise at the
+further side of the cavern.
+
+Can she be dreaming? or can her eyes deceive her? or does she actually
+see the wall of the cavern parting? Such actually seems to be the
+case, and from the opening out steps a figure dressed like an Indian,
+and bearing in his hand a blazing torch.
+
+Hellena's tongue cleaves to the roof of her mouth, and her limbs are
+paralyzed with terror. She cannot move if she dare.
+
+The figure moves about the room with a step as noiseless as the step
+of the dead, while the crystals on the walls seem to be set in motion,
+and to blaze with unnatural brilliancy as his torch is carried from
+place to place.
+
+He carefully examines everything as he proceeds; particularly the
+weapons belonging to the pirates, which seemed particularly to take
+his fancy. But he carefully replaces everything after having examined
+it.
+
+He now approaches the place where the two women are lying.
+
+Hellena with an effort closed her eyes.
+
+The figure approached the couch; for a moment he bent over it and
+gazed intently on the two women; particularly on that of the white
+maiden. When having apparently satisfied his curiosity, he withdrew as
+stealthily as he had come.
+
+When Hellena opened her eyes again, the spectre had vanished, and
+everything about the cave appeared as if nothing unusual had happened.
+
+For a long time she lay quietly thinking over the strange occurrences
+of the night. She was in doubt whether scenes which she had witnessed
+were real, or were only the empty creations of a dream. The horrible
+spectres which she had seen in the fore part of the night seemed like
+those which visit us in our dreams when our minds are troubled. But
+the apparition of the Indian seemed more real.
+
+Could she be mistaken? was this, too, only a dream? or were the two
+scenes only different parts of one waking vision?
+
+To this last opinion she seemed most inclined, and was fully confirmed
+in the opinion that the cavern was haunted.
+
+Although Hellena was satisfied in her own mind that the figure that
+had appeared so strangely was a disembodied spirit, yet she had a
+vague impression that she had somewhere seen that form before. But
+when, or where, she could not recollect.
+
+When in the morning she related the occurrences of the night to
+Lightfoot, the Indian expressed no surprise, and exhibited no alarm.
+Nor did she attempt to offer any explanation seeming to treat it as a
+matter of course.
+
+Although this might be unsatisfactory to Hellena in some respects, it
+was perhaps after all, quite as well for her that Lightfoot did not
+exhibit any alarm at what had occurred, as by doing so she imparted
+some of her own confidence to her more timid companion.
+
+All this while Black Bill had not been thought of but after a while he
+crawled out from his bunk, his eyes twice their usual size, and coming
+up to Hellena, he said:
+
+"Misses, misses, I seed do debble last night wid a great fire-brand in
+his hand, and he went all round de cabe, lookin' for massa Flint, to
+burn him up, but he couldn't fine him so he went away agin. Now I know
+he's comin' after massa Flint, cause he didn't touch nobody else."
+
+"Did he frighten you?" asked Hellena.
+
+"No; but I kept mighty still, and shut my eyes when he come to look at
+me, but he didn't say noffen, so I know'd it wasn't dis darkey he was
+after."
+
+This statement of the negro's satisfied Hellena that she had not been
+dreaming when she witnessed the apparition of the Indian.
+
+On further questioning Bill, she found he had not witnessed any of the
+horrid phantoms that had visited her in her dreams.
+
+As soon as Hellena could do so without attracting attention, she took
+a lamp and examined the walls in every direction to see if she could
+discover any where a crevice large enough for a person to pass
+through, but she could find nothing of the sort.
+
+The walls were rough and broken in many parts, but there was nothing
+like what she was in search of.
+
+She next questioned Lightfoot about it, asking her if there was any
+other entrance to the cave beside the one through which they had
+entered.
+
+But the Indian woman gave her no satisfaction, simply telling her that
+she might take the lamp and examine for herself.
+
+As Hellena had already done this, she was of course as much in the
+dark as ever.
+
+When Captain Flint visited the cave again as he did on the following
+day, Hellena would have related to him the occurrences of the previous
+night, but she felt certain that he would only laugh at it as
+something called up by her excited imagination, or treat it as a story
+made up for the purpose of exciting his sympathy.
+
+Or perhaps invented for the purpose of arousing his superstition in
+order to make him leave the cave, and take her to some place where
+escape would be more easy.
+
+So she concluded to say nothing to him about it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+
+About a week after the occurrence of the events recorded in the last
+chapter, Captain Flint and his crew were again assembled in the
+cavern. It was past midnight, and they evidently had business of
+importance before them, for although the table was spread as upon the
+former occasion, the liquors appeared as yet to be untasted, and
+instead of being seated around the table, the whole party were sitting
+on skins in a remote corner of the cavern, and conversing in a
+suppressed tone of voice as if fearful of being heard.
+
+"Something must be done," said one of the men, "to quiet this darn
+suspicion, or it's all up with us."
+
+"I am for leaving at once," said Old Ropes; "the only safety for us
+now is in giving our friends the slip, and the sooner we are out of
+these waters the better it will be for us."
+
+"What, and leave the grand prize expecting to take care of itself?"
+asked the captain.
+
+"Darn the prize," said Old Ropes, "the East Indiaman ain't expected
+this two weeks yet, and if the suspicions agin us keep on increasin'
+as they have for the last ten days, the land pirates'll have us all
+strung up afore the vessel arrives."
+
+This opinion was shared by the majority of the men. Even the Parson
+who took delight in opposing Old Ropes in almost every thing, agreed
+with him here.
+
+"Whether or not," said he, "I am afraid to face death in a fair
+business-like way, you all know, but as sure as I'm a genuine parson,
+I'd rather be tortured to death by a band of savage Indians, than to
+be strung up to a post with my feet dangling in the air to please a
+set of gaping fools."
+
+"Things do look rather squally on shore, I admit," said the captain,
+"but I've hit upon a plan to remedy all that, and one that will make
+us pass for honest men, if not saints, long enough to enable us to
+finish the little job we have on hand."
+
+"What is that?" enquired a number of voices.
+
+"Why, merely to make a few captures while we are lying quietly in the
+harbour or a little way up the river. That'll turn the attention of
+the people from us in another direction, in the mean while, we can
+bide our time.
+
+"It can," said the captain. "We must man a whale boat or two and
+attack some one of the small trading vessels that are coming in every
+day. She must be run on the rocks where she may be examined
+afterwards, so that any one may see that she has falling in the hands
+of pirates. None of the crew must be allowed to escape, as that would
+expose the trick.
+
+"All this must take place while I am known to be on shore, and the
+schooner lying in port."
+
+This plot, which was worthy the invention of a fiend, was approved by
+all but Jones Bradley who declared that he would have nothing to do
+with it. For which disobedience of orders he would have probably been
+put to death had he been at sea.
+
+The plan of operations having been decided upon, the whole party
+seated themselves round the table for the purpose as they would say of
+making a night of it.
+
+But somehow or other they seemed to be in no humor for enjoyment, as
+enjoyment is understood by such characters.
+
+A gloom seemed to have settled on the whole party.
+
+They could not even get their spirits up, by pouring spirits down.
+
+And although they drank freely, they drank for the most part in
+silence.
+
+"How is this?" shouted captain Flint, "at last have we all lost our
+voices? Can no one favor us with a song, or toast or a yarn?"
+
+Hardly had these words passed the lips of the captain, when the
+piteous moan which had so startled the pirates, on the previous
+evening again saluted them, but in a more suppressed tone of voice.
+The last faint murmurs of this moan had not yet died away, when a
+shout, or rather a yell like an Indian war whoop, rang through the
+cavern in a voice that made the very walls tremble, its thousand
+echoes rolling away like distant thunder.
+
+The whole group sprang to their feet aghast.
+
+The two woman followed by Black Bill, terror stricken, joined the
+group.
+
+This at least might be said of Hellena and the negro. The latter
+clinging to the skirts of the white maiden for protection, as a mortal
+in the midst of demons might be supposed to seek the protection of an
+Angel.
+
+Captain Flint, now laying his hand violently on Lightfoot, said, "What
+does all this mean? do you expect to frighten me by your juggling
+tricks, you infernal squaw?" At these words he gave her a push that
+sent her staggering to the floor.
+
+In a moment he saw his mistake, and went to her assistance (but she
+had risen before he reached her,) and endeavored to conciliate her
+with kind words and presents.
+
+He took a gold chain from his pocket, and threw it about her neck, and
+drew a gold ring from his own finger and placed it upon hers.
+
+These attentions she received in moody silence.
+
+All this was done by Flint, not from any feelings of remorse for the
+injustice he had done the woman, but from a knowledge of how much he
+was in her power and how dangerous her enmity might be to him.
+
+Finding that she was not disposed to listen to him, he turned from her
+muttering to himself:
+
+"She'll come round all right by and by," and then addressing his men
+said:
+
+"Boys, we must look into this matter; there's something about this
+cave we don't understand yet. There may be another one over it, or
+under it. We must examine."
+
+He did not repeat the explanation he had given before, feeling no
+doubt, that it would be of no use.
+
+A careful examination of the walls of the cave were made by the whole
+party, but to no purpose. Nothing was discovered that could throw any
+light upon the mystery, and they were obliged to give it up.
+
+And thus they were compelled to let the matter rest for the present.
+
+When the morning came, the pirates all left with the exception of the
+captain, who remained, he said, for the purpose of making further
+investigations, but quite as much for the purpose of endeavoring to
+find out whether or not, Lightfoot had anything to do with the
+production of the strange noises. But here again, he was fated to
+disappointment. The Indian could not, or would not, give any
+satisfactory explanation.
+
+The noises she contended were made by the braves of her nation who had
+gone to the spirit world, and who were angry because their sacred
+cavern had been profaned by the presence of the hated palefaces.
+
+Had he consulted Hellena, or Black Bill, his investigations would
+probably have taken a different turn.
+
+The figure of the Indian having been seen by both Hellena and the
+black, would have excited his curiosity if not his fears, and led him
+to look upon it as a more serious matter than he had heretofore
+supposed.
+
+But he did not consult either of them, probably supposing them to be a
+couple of silly individuals whose opinions were not worth having.
+
+If any doubt had remained in the minds of the men in regard to the
+supernatural character of the noises which had startled them in the
+cave, they existed no longer.
+
+Even the Parson although generally ridiculing the idea of all sorts of
+ghosts and hobgoblins, admitted that there was something in this
+affair that staggered him, and he joined with the others in thinking
+that the sooner they shifted their quarters, the better.
+
+"Don't you think that squaw had a hand in it?" asked one of the men:
+"didn't you notice how cool she took it all the while?"
+
+"That's a fact," said the Parson; "it's strange I didn't think of that
+before. I shouldn't wonder if it wasn't after all, a plot contrived by
+her and some of her red-skinned brethren to frighten us out of the
+cave, and get hold of the plunder we've got stowed away there."
+
+Some of the men now fell in with this opinion, and were for putting it
+to the proof by torturing Lightfoot until she confessed her guilt.
+
+The majority of the men, however, adhered to the original opinion that
+the whole thing was supernatural, and that the more they meddled with
+it, the deeper they'd get themselves into trouble.
+
+"My opinion is," said Old Ropes, "that there's treasure buried there,
+and the whole thing's under a charm, cave, mountain, and all."
+
+"If there's treasure buried there," said the Parson, "I'm for having a
+share of it."
+
+"The only way to get treasure that's under charm," said Old Ropes, "is
+to break the charm that binds it, by a stronger charm."
+
+"It would take some blasting to get at treasure buried in that solid
+rock," said Jones Bradley.
+
+"If we could only break the charm that holds the treasure, just as
+like as not that solid rock would all turn into quicksand," replied
+Old Ropes.
+
+"Did you ever see the thing tried?" asked the Parson.
+
+"No; but I've seen them as has," replied Old Ropes.
+
+"And more than that," continued Old Ropes, "my belief is that Captain
+Flint is of the same opinion, though he didn't like to say so.
+
+"I shouldn't wonder now, if he hadn't some charm he was tryin', and
+that was the reason why he stayed in the cave so much."
+
+"I rather guess the charm that keeps the captain so much in the cave
+is a putty face," dryly remarked one of the men.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+
+While these things had been going on at the cavern, and Captain Flint
+had been pretending to use his influence with the Indians for the
+recovery of Hellena, Carl Rosenthrall himself had not been idle in the
+meantime.
+
+He had dealings with Indians of the various tribes along the river,
+and many from the Far North, and West, and he engaged them to make
+diligent search for his daughter among their people, offering tempting
+rewards to any who would restore her, or even tell him to a certainty,
+where she was to be found.
+
+In order to induce Fire Cloud to restore her in case it should prove
+it was he who was holding her in captivity, he sent word to that
+chief, that if he would restore his child, he would not only not have
+him punished, but would load him with presents.
+
+These offers, of course made through Captain Flint, who it was
+supposed by Rosenthrall, had more opportunities than any one else of
+communicating with the old chief.
+
+How likely they would have been to reach the chief, even if he had
+been the real culprit, the reader can guess.
+
+In fact he had done all in his power to impress the Indian that to put
+himself in the power of Rosenthrall, would be certain death to him.
+
+Thus more than a month passed without bringing to the distracted
+father any tidings of his missing child.
+
+We may as well remark here, that Rosenthrall had lost his wife many
+years before, and that Hellena was his only child, so that in losing
+her he felt that he had lost everything.
+
+The Indians whom he had employed to aid him in his search, informed
+him that they could learn nothing of his daughter among their people,
+and some of them who were acquainted with Fire Cloud, told him that
+the old chief protested he knew nothing of the matter.
+
+Could it be that Flint was playing him false?
+
+He could hardly think that it was Flint himself who had stolen his
+child, for what motive could he have in doing it?
+
+The more he endeavored to unravel the mystery, the stranger and more
+mysterious it became.
+
+Notwithstanding the statements to the contrary made by the Indians,
+Flint persisted in giving it as his belief, that Fire Cloud had
+carried off the girl and was still holding her a prisoner. He even
+said that the chief had admitted as much to him. Yet he was sure that
+if he was allowed to manage the affair in his own way, he should be
+able to bring the Indian to terms.
+
+It was about this time that the dark suspicions began to be whispered
+about that Captain Flint was in some way connected with the horrible
+piracies that had recently been perpetrated on the coast, if he were
+not in reality the leader of the desperate gang himself, by whom they
+had been perpetrated.
+
+Those suspicions as we have seen, coming to Flint's own ears, had
+caused him to plan another project still more horrible than the one he
+was pursuing, in order to quiet those suspicions until he should have
+an opportunity of capturing the rich prize which was to be the
+finishing stroke to his achievements in this part of the world.
+
+The suspicions in regard to Captain Flint had reached the ears of
+Rosenthrall, as well as others, who had been secretly concerned with
+him in his smuggling transactions, although in no way mixed up with
+his piracies.
+
+Rosenthrall feared that in case these suspicions against Flint should
+lead to his arrest, the whole matter would come out and be exposed,
+leading to the disgrace if not the ruin, of all concerned.
+
+It was therefore with a feeling of relief, while joining in the
+general expression of horror, that he heard of a most terrible piracy
+having been committed on the coast. Captain Flint's vessel was lying
+in port, and he was known to be in the city.
+
+There was one thing too connected with this affair that seemed to
+prove conclusively, that the suspicions heretofore harboured against
+the captain were unjust.
+
+And that was the report brought by the crew of a fishing smack, that
+they had seen a schooner answering to the description given of the
+pirate, just before this horrible occurrence took place.
+
+Captain Flint now assumed the bearing of a man whose fair fame had
+been purified of some foul blot stain that had been unjustly cast upon
+it, one who had been honorably acquitted of base charges brought
+against him by enemies who had sought his ruin.
+
+He had not been ignorant, he said, of the dark suspicions that had
+been thrown out against him.
+
+But he had trusted to time to vindicate his character, and he had not
+trusted in vain.
+
+Among the first to congratulate Captain Flint on his escape from the
+danger with which he had been threatened, was Carl Rosenthrall.
+
+He admitted that he had been to some extent, tainted with suspicion,
+in common with others, for which he now asked his forgiveness.
+
+The pardon was of course granted by the captain, coupled with hope
+that he would not be so easily led away another time.
+
+The facts in regard to this last diabolical act of the pirates were
+these.
+
+Captain Flint, in accordance with the plan which he had decided upon,
+and with which the reader has already been made acquainted, fitted out
+a small fishing vessel, manned by some of the most desperate of his
+crew, and commanded by the Parson and Old Ropes.
+
+Most of the men went on board secretly at night, only three men
+appearing on deck when she set sail.
+
+In fact, no one to look at her, would take her for anything but an
+ordinary fishing smack.
+
+They had not been out long, before they came in sight of a vessel
+which they thought would answer their purpose. It was a small brig
+engaged in trading along the coast, and such a vessel as under
+ordinary circumstances they would hardly think worth noticing. But
+their object was not plunder this time, but simply to do something
+that would shield them from the danger that threatened them on shore.
+
+The time seemed to favor them, for the night was closing in and there
+were no other vessels in sight.
+
+On the pirates making a signal of distress, the commander of the brig
+brought his vessel to, until the boat from the supposed smack could
+reach him, and the crew could make their wants known.
+
+To his surprise six men fully armed sprang upon his deck.
+
+To resist this force there were only himself, and two men, all
+unarmed.
+
+Of these the pirates made short work not deigning to answer the
+questions put to them by their unfortunate victims.
+
+When they had murdered all on board, and thrown overboard such of the
+cargo as they did not want they abandoned the brig, knowing from the
+direction of the wind, and the state of the tide, that she would soon
+drift on the beach, and the condition in which she would be found,
+would lead people to believe that she had been boarded by pirates, and
+all on board put to death.
+
+After having accomplished this hellish act, they turned their course
+homeward, bringing the report that they had seen the notorious
+piratical schooner which had committed so many horrible depredations,
+leading every one to conclude that this was another of her terrible
+deeds.
+
+Captain Flint, satisfied with the result of this last achievement,
+felt himself secure for the present.
+
+He could now without fear of interruption, take time to mature his
+plans for carrying out his next grand enterprise, which was to be the
+crowning one of all his adventures, and which was to enrich all
+engaged in it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+
+Captain Flint's plan for the accomplishment of his last grand
+enterprise was, as soon as it should be announced to him by those he
+had constantly on the lookout, that the expected vessel was in sight,
+to embark in a large whale boat which he had secretly armed, and
+fitted for the purpose.
+
+After killing the crew of the vessel they expected to capture, he
+would tack about ship, and take her into some port where he could
+dispose of the vessel and cargo.
+
+As, in this case, it was his intention to abandon the country for
+ever, he removed under various pretences, all his most valuable
+property from the cavern.
+
+The schooner he was to leave in charge of Jones Bradley, under
+pretence that it was necessary to do so, in order to divert suspicion
+from him when the thing should have been accomplished.
+
+The fact was, that as he should have no further use for the schooner,
+and having for some time past, feared that Bradley seemed to be too
+tender-hearted to answer his purpose, he had determined to abandon him
+and the schooner together.
+
+At last, news was brought to Captain Flint that a vessel answering the
+one they were expecting was in sight.
+
+Flint who, with his crew of desperators, was lying at a place now
+known as Sandy Hook, immediately started in pursuit.
+
+Everything seemed to favor the pirates. The doomed ship was making her
+way under a light breeze apparently unconscious of danger.
+
+There was one thing about the ship, that struck the pirates as rather
+unusual. There seemed to be more hands on board than were required to
+man such a vessel.
+
+"I'm afraid there's more work for us than we've bargained for," said
+one of the men.
+
+"They seem to have a few passengers on board," remarked Flint, "but we
+can soon dispose of them."
+
+The principal part of Flint's men had stretched themselves on the
+bottom of the boat for fear of exciting the suspicion of those on
+board the ship by their numbers.
+
+As the pirate craft approached the merchant man, apparently with no
+hostile intention, those on board the ship were watching the boat as
+closely as they were themselves watched.
+
+As soon as they came within hailing distance, the man at the bow of
+the boat notified the captain of the ship that he wished to come along
+side, as he had something of importance to communicate.
+
+The captain of the ship commenced apparently making preparations to
+receive the visit, when one of the men on deck who had been observing
+the boat for some time came to him and said:
+
+"That's he. I'm sure I can't be mistaken. The man on the bow of the
+boat is the notorious pirate Flint."
+
+The pirates were approaching rapidly.
+
+In a moment more they would be along side, and nothing could prevent
+them from boarding the ship.
+
+In that moment the captain of the ship, by a skilful movement suddenly
+tacked his vessel about just as the pirates came up, coming in contact
+with the boat in such a manner as to split her in two in a moment.
+
+A dozen men sprung up from the bottom of the boat, uttering horrid
+curses while they endeavored to reach the ship or cling to portions of
+their shattered boat.
+
+The greater portion of them were drowned, as no efforts were made to
+rescue them.
+
+Three only succeeded in reaching the deck of the ship in safety, and
+these would probably have rather followed their comrades had they
+known how few were going to escape.
+
+These three were Captain Flint, the one called the Parson and Old
+Ropes.
+
+These were at first disposed to show fight, but it was of no use.
+Their arms had been lost in their struggle in the water.
+
+They were soon overpowered and put in irons.
+
+Great was the excitement caused in the goodly little City of New York,
+by the arrival of the merchant ship bringing as prisoners, the daring
+pirate with two of his men whose fearful deeds had caused all the
+inhabitants of the land to thrill with horror.
+
+And great was the surprise of the citizens to find in that terrible
+pirate a well-known member of the community, and one whom nearly all
+regarded as a worthy member of society.
+
+Another cause of surprise to the good people of the city, was the
+arrival by this vessel, of one whom all had long given up as lost, and
+that was Henry Billings, the lover of Hellena Rosenthrall.
+
+He it was who had recognized in the commander of the whale boat, the
+pirate Flint, and had warned the captain of the ship of his danger,
+thereby enabling him to save his vessel, and the lives of all on
+board.
+
+Captain Flint made a slight mistake when he took the vessel by which
+he was run down, for the India man he was looking out for. It was an
+ordinary merchant ship from Amsterdam, freighted with merchandise from
+that port. Though in appearance she very much resembled the vessel
+which Captain Flint had taken her for.
+
+The reason young Billings happened to be on board of her was this:
+
+It will be remembered that when the ship in which Billings had taken
+passage for Europe, was attacked by the pirates, he was forced to walk
+the plank.
+
+By the pirates, he was of course supposed to have been drowned, but in
+this they were mistaken. He had been in the water but a few moments
+when he came in contact with a portion of a spar which had probably
+come from some wreck or had been washed off of some vessel.
+
+To this he lashed himself with a large handkerchief which it was his
+good fortune to have at the time.
+
+Lashed to this spar he passed the night.
+
+When morning came he found that he had drifted out to sea; he could
+not tell how far.
+
+He was out of sight of land, and no sail met his anxious gaze.
+
+His strength was nearly exhausted, and he felt a stupor coming over
+him. Then he lost all consciousness.
+
+How long he lay in this condition he could not tell. When he came to
+himself, he found that he was lying in the birth of a vessel, while a
+sailor was standing at his side.
+
+The whole thing was soon explained.
+
+He had been discovered by the Captain of a ship bound for England,
+from Boston.
+
+He had been taken on board, in an almost lifeless condition, and
+kindly cared for.
+
+In a little while he recovered his usual strength, and although his
+return home must necessarily be delayed, he trusted to be enabled
+before a great while to do so and bring to justice the villains who
+had attempted his murder.
+
+Unfortunately the vessel by which he had been rescued, was wrecked on
+the coast of Ireland, he and the crew barely escaping with their
+lives.
+
+After a while, he succeeded in getting to England by working his
+passage there.
+
+From London, he made his way in the same manner, to Amsterdam, where
+the mercantile house with which he was connected being known, he found
+no difficulty in securing a passage for New York.
+
+Billings now for the first time heard the story of Hellena's
+mysterious disappearance.
+
+It immediately occurred to him that Captain Flint was some way
+concerned in the affair not withstanding his positive denial that he
+knew anything of the matter further than he had already made known.
+
+The capture of Captain Flint, and the other two pirates of course led
+to the arrest of Jones Bradley who had been left in charge of the
+schooner.
+
+He was found on board of the vessel, which was lying a short distance
+up the river, and arrested before he had learned the fate of his
+comrades.
+
+He was cast into prison with the rest, though each occupied a separate
+cell.
+
+As no good reason could be given for delaying the punishment of the
+prisoners, their trial was commenced immediately.
+
+The evidence against them was too clear to make a long trial
+necessary.
+
+They were all condemned to death with the exception of Jones Bradley,
+whose punishment on account of his not engaged in last affair, and
+having recommended mercy in the case of Henry Billings, was committed
+to imprisonment for life.
+
+When the time came for the carrying out of sentence of the three who
+had been condemned to death, it was found that one of them was missing
+and that one, the greatest villain of them all, Captain Flint himself!
+
+How could this have happened? No one had visited him on the previous
+day but Carl Rosenthrall, and he was a magistrate, and surely he would
+be the last one to aid in the escape of a prisoner!
+
+That he was gone however, was a fact. There was no disputing that.
+
+But If it were a fact that he had made his escape, it was equally
+true, that he could not have gone very far, and the community were not
+in the humor to let such a desperate character as he was now known to
+be, escape without making a strenuous effort to recapture him.
+
+The execution of the two who had been sentenced to die at the same
+time, was delayed for a few days in the hope of learning from them,
+the places where Flint would most probably fly to, but they maintained
+a sullen silence on the subject.
+
+They then applied to Jones Bradley with, at first, no better result.
+But when Henry Billings, who was one of those appointed to visit him,
+happened to allude to the strange fate of Hellena Rosenthrall, he
+hesitated a moment, and then said he knew where the girl was, and that
+she had been captured by Captain Flint, and kept in close confinement
+by him.
+
+He had no wish he said to betray his old commander, though he knew
+that he had been treated badly by him, but he would like to save the
+young woman.
+
+Captain Flint might be in the same place, but if he was, he thought
+that he would kill the girl sooner than give her up.
+
+If Captain Flint, was not there, the only ones in the cave besides the
+girl, were a squaw, and Captain Flint's negro boy, Bill.
+
+For the sake of the girl Bradley said he would guide a party to the
+cave.
+
+This offer was at once accepted, and a party well armed, headed by
+young Billings, and guided by Jones Bradley, set out immediately.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+
+When Captain Flint made his escape from prison, it naturally enough
+occurred to him, that the safest place for him for awhile, would be
+the cave.
+
+In it he thought he could remain in perfect safety, until he should
+find an opportunity for leaving the country.
+
+The cave, or at least the secret chamber, was unknown to any except
+his crew, and those who were confined in it.
+
+On leaving the cave, the last time, with a heartlessness worthy a
+demon, he had barred the entrance to the cavern on the outside, so as
+to render it impossible for those confined there to escape in that
+direction.
+
+In fact, he had, be supposed, buried them alive--left them to die of
+hunger.
+
+Captain Flint reached the entrance of the cave in safety, and found
+everything as he had left it.
+
+On reaching the inner chamber where he had left the two women and the
+negro boy, he was startled to find the place apparently deserted,
+while all was in total darkness, except where a few rays found their
+way through the crevices of the rocks.
+
+He called the names first of one, and then another, but the only
+answer he received was the echo of his own voice.
+
+How was this? could they be all sleeping or dead?
+
+They certainly could not have made their escape, for the fastenings
+were all as he had left them.
+
+The means of striking fire were at hand, and a lamp was soon lighted.
+
+He searched the cave, but could discover no trace of the missing ones.
+
+A strange horror came over him, such as he had never felt before.
+
+The stillness oppressed him; no living enemy could have inspired him
+with the fear he now felt from being alone in this gloomy cavern.
+
+"I must leave this place," he said, "I would rather be in prison than
+here."
+
+Again he took up the lamp, and went round the cave, but more this time
+in hopes of finding some weapon to defend himself with, in case he
+should be attacked, than with the hope of discovering the manner in
+which those he had left there had contrived to make their escape.
+
+It had been his custom, lately, on leaving the cavern, to take his
+weapons with him, not knowing what use might be made of them by the
+women under the provocation, to which they were sometimes subjected.
+
+The only weapon he could find was a large dagger. This he secured, and
+was preparing to leave the cavern, when he thought he saw something
+moving in one corner.
+
+In order to make sure that he had not been mistaken, he approached the
+place.
+
+It was a corner where a quantity of skins had been thrown, and which
+it had not been convenient for him to remove, when he left the cavern.
+
+Thinking that one of these skins might be of service to him in the
+life he would be obliged to live for some time, he commenced sorting
+them over, for the purpose of finding one that would answer his
+purpose, when a figure suddenly sprang up from the pile.
+
+It would be hard to tell which of the two was the more frightened.
+
+"Dat you, massa," at length exclaimed the familiar voice of Black
+Bill. "I tought it was de debil come back agin to carry me off."
+
+"What, is that you, Bill?" said Flint, greatly relieved, and glad to
+find some one who could explain the strange disappearance of Hellena
+and Lightfoot.
+
+"Where are the rest, Bill?" he asked; "where's the white girl and the
+Indian woman?"
+
+"Debble carry dim off," said Bill.
+
+"What do you mean, you black fool?" said his master; "if you don't
+tell me where they've gone, I'll break your black skull for you."
+
+"Don't know where dar gone," said Bill, tremblingly, "Only know dat de
+debble take dem away."
+
+Flint finding that he was not likely to get anything out of the boy by
+frightening him, now changed his manner, saying;
+
+"Never mind, Bill, let's hear all about it."
+
+The boy reassured, now told his master that the night before while he
+was lying awake near the pile of skins and the women were asleep, he
+saw the walls of the cavern divide and a figure holding a blazing
+torch such as he had never seen before, enter the room.
+
+"I tought," said Bill, "dat it was de debble comin' arter you agin,
+massa, and I was 'fraid he would take me along, so I crawled under de
+skins, but I made a hole so dat I could watch what he was doin'."
+
+"He looked all round a spell for you, massa, an' when he couldn't find
+you, den he went were de women was sleepin' an woke dem up and made
+dem follow him.
+
+"Den da called me and looked all ober for me an' couldn't find me, an'
+de debble said he couldn't wait no longer, an' dat he would come for
+me annudder time, An den de walls opened agin, an' da all went true
+togedder. When I heard you in de cave, massa, I tought it was de
+debble come agin to fetch me, an' so I crawled under de skins agin."
+
+From this statement of the boy, Flint come to the conclusion that Bill
+must have been too much frightened at the time to know what was
+actually taking place.
+
+One thing was certain, and that was the prisoners had escaped, and had
+been aided in their escape by some persons, to him unknown, in a most
+strange and mysterious manner.
+
+Over and over again he questioned Black Bill, but every time with the
+same result.
+
+The boy persisted in the statement, that he saw the whole party pass
+out through an opening in the walls of the cavern.
+
+That they had not passed out through the usual entrance was evident,
+for he found everything as he had left it.
+
+Again he examined the walls of the cavern, only to be again baffled
+and disappointed.
+
+He began to think that may be after all, the cavern was under a spell
+of enchantment, and that the women had actually been carried off in
+the manner described by the negro.
+
+The boy was evidently honest in his statement, believing that he was
+telling nothing that was not true.
+
+But be all this as it might, the mere presence of a human being, even
+though a poor negro boy, was sufficient to enable him to shake off the
+feeling of loneliness and fear, with which he was oppressed upon
+entering the cavern.
+
+He now determined to remain in the cavern for a short time.
+
+Long enough at least to make a thorough examination of the place,
+before taking his departure.
+
+This determination of Captain Flint's was by no means agreeable to the
+negro boy.
+
+Bill was anxious to leave the cave, and by that means escape the
+clutches of the devil, who was in the habit of frequenting it.
+
+He endeavored to induce Flint to change his resolution by assuring him
+that he had heard the devil say that he was coming after him. But the
+captain only laughed at the boy, and he was compelled to remain.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+
+For several days after the departure of Captain Flint, the inmates of
+the cavern felt no uneasiness at his absence; but when day after day
+passed, until more than a week had elapsed without his making his
+appearance they began to be alarmed.
+
+It had uniformly been the practice of Captain Flint on leaving the
+cave, to give Lightfoot charges to remain there until his return, and
+not to allow any one to enter, or pass out during his absence.
+
+This charge she had strictly obeyed.
+
+Singularly enough he had said nothing about it the last time. This,
+however, made no difference with Lightfoot, for if she thought of it
+at all, she supposed that he had forgotten it. Still she felt no
+disposition to disobey his commands, although her feelings towards
+him, since his late brutal treatment had very much changed.
+
+But their provisions were giving out, and to remain in the cavern much
+longer, they must starve to death. Lightfoot therefore resolved to go
+in search of the means of preventing such a catastrophe, leaving the
+others to remain in the cave until her return.
+
+On attempting to pass out, she found to her horror that the way was
+barred against her from the outside.
+
+In fact, they were buried alive!
+
+In vain she endeavored to force her way out. The entrance had been too
+well secured.
+
+There seemed to be no alternative but to await patiently the return of
+the captain.
+
+Failing in that, they must starve to death!
+
+Their supply of provisions was not yet quite exhausted, and they
+immediately commenced putting themselves on short allowance, hoping by
+that means to make them last until relief should come.
+
+While the two women were sitting together, talking over the matter,
+and endeavoring to comfort each other, Hellena noticing the plain gold
+ring on the finger of Lightfoot, that had been placed there by Captain
+Flint during her quarrel with the Indian, asked to be allowed to look
+at it.
+
+On examining the ring, she at once recognized it as the one worn by
+her lost lover.
+
+Her suspicions in regard to Flint were now fully confirmed. She was
+satisfied that he was in some way concerned in the sudden
+disappearance of the missing man.
+
+Could it be possible that he had been put out of the way by this
+villain, who, for some reason unknown to any but himself, was now
+desirous of disposing of her also?
+
+The thought filled her with horror.
+
+That night the two women retired to rest as usual. It was a long time
+before sleep came to their relief. But it came at last.
+
+The clock which the pirates had hung in the cave, struck twelve, when
+Hellena started from her slumber with a suppressed cry, for the figure
+she had seen in the vision many nights ago, stood bending over her!
+But now it looked more like a being of real flesh and blood, than a
+spectre. And when it spoke to her, saying, "has the little paleface
+maiden forgotten; no, no!" she recognized in the intruder, her old
+friend the Indian chief, Fire Cloud.
+
+Hellena, the feelings of childhood returning, sprang up, and throwing
+her arms around the old chief, exclaimed:
+
+"Save me, no, no, save me!"
+
+Lightfoot was by this time awake also, and on her feet. To her the
+appearance of the chief seemed a matter of no surprise. Not that she
+had expected anything of the kind, but she looked upon the cave as a
+place of enchantment, and she believed that the spirits having it in
+charge, could cause the walls to open and close again at pleasure. And
+she recognized Fire Cloud as one of the chiefs of her own tribe. He
+was also a descendant of one of its priests, and was acquainted with
+all the mysteries of the cavern.
+
+He told the prisoners that he had come to set them at liberty, and
+bade them follow.
+
+They had got everything for their departure, when they observed for
+the first time that Black Bill was missing.
+
+They could not think of going without him, leaving him there to
+perish, but the cavern was searched for him in vain. His name was
+called to no better purpose, till they were at last compelled to go
+without him, the chief promising to return and make another search for
+him, all of which was heard by the negro from his hiding place under
+the pile of skins as related in the preceding chapter.
+
+The chief, to the surprise of Hellena, instead of going to what might
+be called the door of the cavern, went to one of the remote corners,
+and stooping down, laid hold of a projection of rock, and gave it a
+sudden pressure, when a portion of the wall moved aside, disclosing a
+passage, till then unknown to all except Fire Cloud himself. It was
+one of the contrivances of the priests of the olden time, for the
+purpose of imposing upon the ignorant and superstitious multitude.
+
+On passing through this opening, which the chief carefully closed
+after him, the party entered a narrow passageway, leading they could
+not see where, nor how far.
+
+The Indian led the way, carrying his torch, and assisting them over
+the difficulties of the way, when assistance was required.
+
+Thus he led them on, over rocks, and precipices, sometimes the path
+widening until it might be called another cavern, and then again
+becoming so narrow as to only allow one to pass at a time.
+
+Thus they journeyed on for the better part of a mile, when they
+suddenly came to a full stop. Further progress appeared to be
+impossible.
+
+It seemed to Hellena that nothing short of an enchanter's wand could
+open the way for them now, when Fire Cloud, going to the end of the
+passage, gave a large slab which formed the wall a push on the lower
+part, causing it to rise as if balanced by pivots at the center, and
+making an opening through which the party passed, finding themselves
+in the open air, with the stars shining brightly overhead.
+
+As soon as they had passed out the rock swung back again, and no one
+unacquainted with the fact, would have supposed that common looking
+rock to be the door of the passage leading to the mysterious cavern.
+
+The place to which they now came, was a narrow valley between the
+mountains.
+
+Pursuing their journey up this valley, they came to a collection of
+Indian wigwams, and here they halted, the chief showing them into his
+own hut, which was one of the group.
+
+Another time, it would have alarmed Hellena Rosenthrall to find
+herself in the wilderness surrounded by savages.
+
+But now, although among savages far away from home, without a white
+face to look upon, she felt a degree of security, she had long been a
+stranger to.
+
+In fact she felt that the Indians under whose protection she now found
+herself, were far more human, far less cruel, than the demon calling
+himself a white man, out of whose hands she had so fortunately
+escaped.
+
+For once since her capture, her sleep was quiet, and refreshing.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+
+Black Bill, on leaving the captain, after having vainly endeavored to
+persuade him to leave the cave, crawled in to his usual place for
+passing the night, but not with the hope of forgetting his troubles in
+sleep.
+
+He was more firmly than ever impressed with the idea that the cavern
+was the resort of the Devil and his imps, and that they would
+certainly return for the purpose of carrying off his master. To this
+he would have no objection, did he not fear that they might nab him
+also, in order to keep his master company.
+
+So when everything was perfectly still in the cavern excepting the
+loud breathing of the captain, which gave evidence of his being fast
+asleep, the negro crept cautiously out of the recess, where he had
+thrown himself down, and moved noiselessly to the place where the
+captain was lying.
+
+Having satisfied himself that his master was asleep, he went to the
+table, and taking the lamp that was burning there, he moved towards
+the entrance of the cave. This was now fastened only on the inside,
+and the fastening could be easily removed.
+
+In a few moments Black Bill was at liberty.
+
+As soon as he felt himself free from the cave, he gave vent to a fit
+of boisterous delight, exclaiming. "Hah! hah! hah! Now de debile may
+come arter massa Flint as soon as he please, he ain't a goun to ketch
+dis chile, I reckan. Serb de captain right for trowin my fadder in de
+sea.
+
+"Hah! hah! hah! he tink I forgit all dat. I guess he fin out now."
+
+Thus he went on until the thought seeming to strike him that he might
+be overheard, and pursued, he stopped all at once, and crept further
+into the forest and as he thought further out of the reach of the
+devil.
+
+The morning had far advanced when captain Flint awoke from his
+slumber.
+
+He knew this from the few sunbeams that found their way through a
+crevice in the rocks at one corner of the cave.
+
+With this exception the place was in total darkness, for the lamp as
+we have said had been carried off by the negro.
+
+"Hello, there, Bill, you black imp," shouted the captain, "bring a
+light."
+
+But Bill made no answer, although the command was several times
+repeated.
+
+At last, Flint, in a rage, sprang up, and seizing a raw hide which he
+always kept handy for such emergencies, he went to the sleeping place
+of the negro, and struck a violent blow on the place where Bill ought
+to have been, but where Bill was not.
+
+The captain started. "Has he, too, escaped me?" he exclaimed.
+
+Flint went back, and for a few moments sat down by the table in
+silence. After awhile the horror at being alone in such a gloomy
+place, once more came over him.
+
+"Who knows," he thought, "but this black imp may betray me into the
+hands of my enemies. Even he, should he be so disposed, has it in his
+power to come at night, and by fastening the entrance of the cavern on
+the outside, bury me alive!"
+
+So Flint reasoned, and so reasoning, made up his mind to leave the
+cavern.
+
+Flint had barely passed beyond the entrance of the cave, when he heard
+the sound of approaching footsteps. He crouched under the bushes in
+order to watch and listen.
+
+He saw a party of six men approaching, all fully armed excepting one,
+who seemed to be a guide to the rest.
+
+Flint fairly gnashed his teeth with rage as he recognised in this man
+his old associate--Jones Bradley.
+
+The whole party halted at a little distance from the entrance to the
+cave, where Bradley desired them to remain while he should go and
+reconnoitre.
+
+He had reached the entrance, had made a careful examination of
+everything about it, and was in the act of turning to make his report,
+when Flint sprang upon him from the bushes, saying, "So it's you, you
+traitor, who has betrayed me," at the same moment plunging his dagger
+in the breast of Bradley, who fell dead at his feet.
+
+In the next moment the pirate was flying through the forest. Several
+shots were fired at him, but without any apparent effect.
+
+The whole party started in pursuit. But the pirate having the
+advantage of a start and a better knowledge of the ground, was soon
+hidden from view in the intricacies of the forest.
+
+Still the party continued their pursuit, led now by Henry Billings.
+
+As the pirate did not return the fire of his pursuers, it was evident
+that his only weapon was the dagger with which he had killed the
+unfortunate Bradley.
+
+For several hours they continued their search, but all to no purpose,
+and they were about to give it up for the present, when one of them
+stumbled, and fell over something buried in the grass, when up sprang
+Black Bill, who had hidden there on hearing the approach of the party.
+
+"Lookin' arter massa Flint?" asked the boy, as soon as he had
+discovered that he was among friends.
+
+"Yes; can you tell us which way he has gone?" asked Billings.
+
+"Gone dat way, and a-runnin' as if de debble was arter him, an' I
+guess he is, too."
+
+The party set off in the direction pointed out, the negro following.
+
+After going about half a mile, they were brought to a full stop by a
+precipice over which the foremost one of the party was near falling.
+
+As they came to the brink they thought they heard a whine and a low
+growl, as of a wild animal in distress.
+
+Looking into the ravine, a sight met their gaze, which caused them to
+shrink back with horror.
+
+At the bottom of the ravine lay the body of the man of whom they were
+in pursuit, but literally torn to pieces.
+
+Beside the body crouched an enormous she bear, apparently dying from
+wounds she had received from an encounter with the men.
+
+Could his worst enemy have wished him a severe punishment?
+
+"De debble got him now," said Black Bill, and the whole party took
+their way back to the cave.
+
+On their way back, Billings learned from the negro that Hellena in
+company with Lightfoot, had left the cave several days previous to
+their coming. Where they had gone he could not tell.
+
+He was so possessed with the idea they had been spirited away by the
+devil, or some one of his imps in the shape of an enormous Indian,
+that they thought he must have been frightened out of his wits.
+
+Billings was at a loss what course to take, but he had made up his
+mind not to return to the city, until he had learned something
+definite in relation to the fate of his intended bride.
+
+In all probability, she was at some one of the Indian villages
+belonging to some of the tribes occupying that part of the country.
+
+For this purpose he embarked again in the small vessel in which he had
+come up the river, intending to proceed a short distance further up,
+for the purpose of consulting an old chief who, with his family,
+occupied a small island situated there.
+
+He had proceeded but a short distance when he saw a large fleet of
+canoes approaching.
+
+Supposing them to belong to friendly Indians, Billings made no attempt
+to avoid them, and his boat was in a few moments surrounded by the
+savages.
+
+At first the Indians appeared to be perfectly friendly, offering to
+trade and, seeming particularly anxious to purchase fire-arms.
+
+This aroused the suspicions of the white men, and they commenced
+endeavoring to get rid of their troublesome visitors, when to their
+astonishment, they were informed that they were prisoners!
+
+Billings was surprised to find that the Indians, after securing their
+prisoners, instead of starting up the river again, continued their
+course down the stream.
+
+But what he learned shortly after from one of the Indians, who spoke
+English tolerably well, astonished him still more. And that was, that
+he was taken for the notorious pirate Captain Flint, of whose escape
+they had heard from some of their friends recently from the city, and
+they thought that nothing would please their white brethren so much as
+to bring him back captive.
+
+It was to no purpose that Billings endeavored to convince them of
+their mistake. They only shook their heads, as much as to say it was
+of no use, they were not to be so easily imposed upon.
+
+And so Billings saw there was no help for it but to await patiently
+his arrival at New York, when all would be set right again.
+
+But in the meantime Hellena might be removed far beyond his reach.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+
+Great was the mortification in the city upon learning the mistake they
+had made.
+
+Where they had expected to receive praise and a handsome reward for
+having performed a meritorious action, they obtained only censure and
+reproaches for meddling in matters that did not concern them.
+
+It was only a mistake however, and there was no help for it. And
+Billings, although greatly vexed and disappointed, saw no course left
+for him but to set off again, although he feared that the chances of
+success were greatly against him this time, on account of the time
+that had been lost.
+
+The Indians, whose unfortunate blunder had been the cause of this
+delay, in order to make some amends for the wrong they had done him,
+now came forward, and offered to aid him in his search for the missing
+maiden.
+
+They proffered him the use of their canoes to enable him to ascend the
+streams, and to furnish guides, and an escort to protect him while
+traveling through the country.
+
+This offer, so much better than he had any reason to expect, was
+gladly accepted by Billings, and with two friends who had volunteered
+to accompany him, he once more started up the river, under the
+protection of his new friends.
+
+War had broken out among the various tribes on the route which he must
+travel, making it unsafe for him and his two companions, even under
+such a guide and escort as his Indian friends could furnish them.
+
+Thus he with his two associates were detained so long in the Indian
+country, that by their friends at home they were given up as lost.
+
+At last peace was restored, and they set out on their return.
+
+The journey home was a long and tedious one, but nothing occurred
+worth narrating.
+
+Upon reaching the Hudson, they employed an Indian to take them the
+remainder of the way in a canoe.
+
+Upon reaching Manhattan Island, the first place they stopped at was
+the residence of Carl Rosenthrall, Billings intending that the father
+of Hellena should be the first to hear the sad story of his failure
+and disappointment.
+
+It was evening when he arrived at the house and the lamps were lighted
+in the parlor.
+
+With heavy heart and trembling hands he rapped at the door.
+
+As the door opened he uttered a faint cry of surprise, which was
+answered by a similar one by the person who admitted him. It was
+Hellena herself!
+
+The scene that followed we shall not attempt to describe.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+
+At about the same time that Henry Billings, under the protection of
+his Indian friends, set out on his last expedition up the river, a
+single canoe with four persons in it, put out from under the shadow of
+Old Crow Nest, on its way down the stream.
+
+The individual by whom the canoe was directed was an Indian, a man
+somewhat advanced in years. The others were a white girl, an Indian
+woman, and a negro boy.
+
+In short, the party consisted of Fire Cloud, Hellena Rosenthrall,
+Lightfoot, and Black Bill, on their way to the city.
+
+They had passed the fleet of canoes in which Billings had embarked,
+but not knowing whether it belonged to a party of friendly Indians or
+otherwise.
+
+Fire Cloud had avoided coming in contact with it for fear of being
+delayed, or of the party being made prisoners and carried back again.
+
+Could they have but met, what a world of trouble would it not have
+saved to all parties interested!
+
+As it was, Hellena arrived in safety, greatly to the delight of her
+father and friends, who had long mourned for her as for one they never
+expected to see again in this world.
+
+The sum of Hellena's happiness would now have been complete, had it
+not been for the dark shadow cast over it by the absence of her lover.
+
+And this shadow grew darker, and darker, as weeks, and months, rolled
+by without bringing any tidings of the missing one.
+
+What might have been the effects of the melancholy into which she was
+fast sinking, it is hard to tell, had not the unexpected return of the
+one for whose loss she was grieving, restored her once more to her
+wonted health and spirits.
+
+And here we might lay down our pen, and call our story finished, did
+we not think that justice to the reader, required that we should
+explain some things connected with the mysterious, cavern not yet
+accounted for.
+
+How the Indian entered the cave on the night when Hellena fancied she
+had seen a ghost, and how she made her escape, has been explained, but
+we have not yet explained how the noises were produced which so
+alarmed the pirates.
+
+It will be remembered that the sleeping place of Black Bill was a
+recess in the wall of the cavern.
+
+Now in the wall, near the head of the negro's bed, there was a deep
+fissure or crevice. It happened that Bill while lying awake one night,
+to amuse himself, put his month to the crevice and spoke some words,
+when to his astonishment, what he had said, was repeated over and
+over, again.
+
+Black Bill in his ignorance and simplicity, supposed that the echo,
+which came back, was an answer from some one on the other side of the
+wall.
+
+Having made this discovery, he repeated the experiment a number of
+times, and always with the same result.
+
+After awhile, he began to ask questions of the spirit, as he supposed
+it to be, that had spoken to him.
+
+Among other things he asked if the devil was coming after master.
+
+The echo replied, "The debil comin' after master," and repeated it a
+great many times.
+
+Bill now became convinced that it was the devil himself that he had
+been talking to.
+
+On the night when the pirates were so frightened by the fearful groan,
+Bill was lying awake, listening to the captain's story. When he came
+to the part where he describes the throwing the boy's father
+overboard, and speaks of the horrible groan, Bill put his mouth to the
+crevice, and imitated the groan, which had been too deeply fixed in
+his memory ever to be forgotten, giving full scope to his voice.
+
+The effect astonished and frightened him as well as the pirates.
+
+With the same success he imitated the Indian war-whoop, which he had
+learned while among the savages.
+
+The next time that the pirates were so terribly frightened, the alarm
+was caused by Fire Cloud after his visit to the cave on the occasion
+that he had been taken for the devil by Bill, and an Indian ghost by
+Hellena.
+
+Fire Cloud had remained in another chamber of the cavern connected
+with the secret passage already described, and where the echo was even
+more wonderful than the one pronounced from the opening through which
+the negro had spoken.
+
+Here he could hear all that was passing in the great chamber occupied
+by the pirates, and from this chamber the echoes were to those who did
+not understand their cause, perfectly frightful.
+
+All these peculiarities of the cavern had been known to the ancient
+Indian priests or medicine men, and by them made use of to impose on
+their ignorant followers.
+
+
+
+
+BEADLE'S FRONTIER SERIES
+
+
+ 1. The Shawnee's Foe.
+ 2. The Young Mountaineer.
+ 3. Wild Jim.
+ 4. Hawk-Eye, the Hunter.
+ 5. The Boy Guide.
+ 6. War Tiger of the Modocs.
+ 7. The Red Modocs.
+ 8. Iron Hand.
+ 9. Shadow Bill, the Scout.
+ 10. Wapawkaneta, or the Rangers of the Oneida.
+ 11. Davy Crockett's Boy Hunter.
+ 12. The Forest Avenger.
+ 13. Old Jack's Frontier Cabin.
+ 14. On the Deep.
+ 15. Sharp Snout.
+ 16. The Mountain Demon.
+ 17. Wild Tom of Wyoming.
+ 18. The Brave Boy Hunters of Kentucky.
+ 19. The Fearless Ranger.
+ 20. The Haunted Trapper.
+ 21. Madman of the Colorado.
+ 22. The Panther Demon.
+ 23. Slashaway, the Fearless.
+ 24. Pine Tree Jack.
+ 25. Indian Jim.
+ 26. Navajo Nick.
+ 27. The Tuscarora's Vow.
+ 28. Deadwood Dick, Jr.
+ 29. A New York Boy Among the Indians.
+ 30. Deadwood Dick's Big Deal.
+ 31. Hank, the Guide.
+ 32. Deadwood Dick's Dozen.
+ 33. Squatty Dick.
+ 34. The Hunter's Secret.
+ 35. The Woman Trapper.
+ 36. The Chief of the Miami.
+ 37. Gunpowder Jim.
+ 38. Mad Anthony's Captain.
+ 39. The Ranger Boy's Career.
+ 40. Old Nick of the Swamp.
+ 41. The Shadow Scout.
+ 42. Lantern-Jawed Bob.
+ 43. The Masked Hunter.
+ 44. Brimstone Jake.
+ 45. The Irish Hunter.
+ 46. Dave Bunker.
+ 47. The Shawnee Witch.
+ 48. Big Brave.
+ 49. Spider-Legs.
+ 50. Harry Hardskull.
+ 51. Madman of the Ocont.
+ 52. Slim Jim.
+ 53. Tiger-Eye.
+ 54. The Red Star of the Seminoles.
+ 55. Trapper Joe.
+ 56. The Indian Queen's Revenge.
+ 57. Eagle-Eyed Zeke.
+ 58. Scar-Cheek, the Wild Half-Breed.
+ 59. Red Men of the Woods.
+ 60. Tuscaloosa Sam.
+ 61. The Bully of the Woods.
+ 62. The Trapper's Bride.
+ 63. Red Rattlesnake, The Pawnee.
+ 64. The Scout of Tippecanoe.
+ 65. Old Kit, The Scout.
+ 66. The Boy Scouts.
+ 67. Hiding Tom.
+ 68. Roving Dick, Hunter.
+ 69. Hickory Jack.
+ 70. Mad Mike.
+ 71. Snake-Eye.
+ 72. Big-Hearted Joe.
+ 73. The Blazing Arrow.
+ 74. The Hunter Scouts.
+ 75. The Scout of Long Island.
+ 76. Turkey-Foot.
+ 77. The Death Rangers.
+ 78. Bullet Head.
+ 79. The Indian Spirit.
+ 80. The Twin Trappers.
+ 81. Lightfoot the Scout.
+ 82. Grim Dick.
+ 83. The Wooden-Legged Spy.
+ 84. The Silent Trapper.
+ 85. Ugly Ike.
+ 86. Fire Cloud.
+ 87. Hank Jasper.
+ 88. The Scout of the Sciota.
+ 89. Black Samson.
+ 90. Billy Bowlegs.
+ 91. The Bloody Footprint.
+ 92. Marksman the Hunter.
+ 93. The Demon Cruiser.
+ 94. Hunters and Redskins.
+ 95. Panther Jack.
+ 96. Old Zeke.
+ 97. The Panther Paleface.
+ 98. The Scout of the St. Lawrence.
+ 99. Bloody Brook.
+ 100. Long Bob of Kentucky.
+
+THE ARTHUR WESTBROOK CO. Cleveland, U.S.A.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Fire Cloud, by Samuel Fletcher
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FIRE CLOUD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37006.txt or 37006.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/0/0/37006/
+
+Produced by Greg Weeks and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/37006.zip b/37006.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b7eb37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37006.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ca6a14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #37006 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/37006)